Online Marketing Made Easy with Amy Porterfield

By Amy Porterfield

Listen to a podcast, please open Podcast Republic app. Available on Google Play Store.


Category: Marketing

Open in Apple Podcasts


Open RSS feed


Open Website


Rate for this podcast

Subscribers: 1727
Reviews: 3


 Feb 23, 2022

Vanessa Ann Miller
 Aug 24, 2020
Thank you Amy for these podcast episodes. I learn something new every time. When I implement your teachings, my business improves!


 Jun 7, 2020

Description

Ever wish you had a business mentor with over a decade of experience whispering success secrets in your ear? That’s exactly what you’ll get when you tune into the top-ranked Online Marketing Made Easy Podcast with your host, 9 to 5er turned CEO of a multi-million dollar business, Amy Porterfield. Her specialty? Breaking down big ideas and strategies into actionable step-by-step processes designed to get you results with a whole lot less stress. Tune in, get inspired, and get ready to discover why hundreds of thousands of online business owners turn to Amy for guidance when it comes to all things online business including digital courses, list building, social media, content, webinars, and so much more. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur, have a comfy side-hustle, or are looking to take your business to the next level, each episode is designed to help you take immediate action on the most important strategies for starting and growing your online business today.

Episode Date
#462: 8 Simple But Powerful Strategies I Used To Hit 1 Million Podcast Downloads
37:23

The step-by-step playbook I used to nearly double my podcast downloads

If you’ve listened to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you know that a) it’s been a true labor of love, and b) a) it’s come a loooooong way since I first started it nine years ago.

It’s taken a lot of hard work and late nights burning the midnight oil to become what it is today -- and it's all paid off because we recently hit a MAJOR milestone -- 1 million downloads in a single month. That’s almost DOUBLE the downloads from the previous month! I’m beyond proud of my team, and so incredibly grateful for our listeners! 

But like anything, achieving this goal took a willingness to try something that we’ve never done before, and as always, a little bit of trial and error. Luckily, our perfect storm of strategies worked like a charm, and I am so excited to share them with you in this episode. 

Whether you have a podcast now or are looking to start one soon, this episode will give you a step-by-step playbook on how to increase your downloads in a really big way. 

I share the exact steps of what I did -- not only covering the strategies themselves but everything from the software we used, to where we placed ads -- so grab a pen and paper because you’re definitely going to want to take notes.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:57] In December of 2021, we went from being just shy of 600,000 downloads to over one million in January. 
  • [08:42] Strategy #1: We created a quiz that made a curated playlist for listeners. We used Interact to make the quiz, created a landing page for the quiz, and directed listeners to podcasts that would best help them using a PDF. 
  • [14:14] Strategy #2: We did two types of ads during our promo week. 
  • [17:32] Strategy #3: We used Instagram Live for Coffee and Coaching. During the live coaching, I was plugging the quiz. 
  • [20:53] Strategy #4: We were strategic about our promo email sequence – making sure to keep our subscribers engaged. 
  • [22:49] Strategy #6: We drove visitors from our website to our promo using a pop-up box and a sky bar banner.
  • [25:06] Strategy #7: We got scrappy and sent out an email to our students and asked them to help us reach that 1 million mark. If you are a student who helped, I greatly appreciate it!
  • [28:37] Strategy #8: Be super intentional about what episode or episodes you release during your promo week. We wanted a big-name guest and that was my friend Brendon Burchard.
  • [35:30] Action items: Pull out your calendar and select a few dates that would be good for a promo like this!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 19, 2022
#461: If You Want Lasting Success, Step Up Your (Long) Game
21:39

This strategy has been used for centuries by the most brilliant minds in business

In a world where most people play the short game, playing the long game offers a big advantage because it ensures your success as an entrepreneur for your entire career. 

If you ask me, that sounds pretty great. So, why doesn’t everybody do it?

The reason why so many entrepreneurs forgo playing the long game (or completely fail at it) is because it’s not exactly easy to do. It takes patience, hard work, and the right mindset in order to master it. Plus, it requires long-term consistency and dedication, which -- let’s face it -- doesn’t sound very exciting, and it’s certainly not sexy. 

But I’m here to tell you that it works. This has been one of the keys to my own success in business, despite the fact that it doesn’t come naturally to me. 

Yes, friend, I’m not ashamed to admit that sometimes I get distracted by shiny short-term outcomes, and let my emotions get the best of me when challenges arise or when I feel the overwhelming pressure to stay ahead of the curve.

That’s why I constantly remind myself that there’s a reason why it’s said that success is a marathon, not a sprint. It’s because the long game is a time-tested strategy that has been used for centuries by the most brilliant minds in business.

In this episode, I not only share how playing the long game can help you get ahead in business, but the mindset you need in order to play the game correctly.

You’ll hear:

  • What to tell yourself when you want to give up completely
  • How to use your failures to help push you forward
  • Why setting long-term goals is key, and can help you win the game
  • Examples of how the long game has gotten me through challenges in my business

Alright, friend. I hope that you enjoy this episode, and after listening to it, you’ll be in-it-to-win-it, for the long haul.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:45] Playing the long game is all about your mindset, especially when things don't work out the way that you want them to. 
  • [11:32] If you're playing the long game, then a failure should just be your opportunity to fix something or make it better. 
  • [12:31] Don't be afraid to set audacious long-term goals. With a 3-year plan, you will show up differently versus a 6-month plan. 
  • [14:21] Sometimes it takes a while to achieve the benchmarks and goals that you set for your business. It might be much longer than you thought it would take.
  • [18:13]  You launch, you learn, you tweak, and then you repeat. This is a formula for success!
  • [19:58] You are no longer allowed to have that conversation in your head that you're going to give up or jump ship!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 17, 2022
#460: How To Set Up A Flexible Business With Annie Chang: From Live Launching To A Membership To Evergreen Success
39:14

The co-founder of Olea & Fig shares how she generated $200K in digital course revenue in less than 2 years

There is, quite literally, nothing that brings me greater joy than to see my students become incredibly successful. It’s what drives me to keep creating, teaching, and pushing myself to be the best version of myself that I can be.

And that’s why I’m so excited to share this student success story with you. In this episode I’m chatting with one of my students, Annie Chang of Olea and Fig -- an online business that helps women solopreneurs become the “go-to” in their markets by attracting the right customers online.

Annie and her business partner and sister, Terrie, used what they learned in Digital Course Academy to create a thriving online business that works for them. Not only did they generate $200,000 in revenue from their digital course after only two years of being in business, but Annie was even able to take an eight-month maternity leave.

Yes, friend -- you read that correctly. Eight months. If that’s not the definition of a flexible (and ideal) work environment, then I don’t know what is. 

The thing is, they set up their business in a way that all comes back to listening to their audience. And if you’ve been tuning in to this podcast for a while, you know that tapping into your audience’s wants and needs is crucial to having a successful online business. 

In this episode, Annie shares:

  •  How they launched their core program with two completely different offers
  •  When they knew it was time to add a membership program to their business
  •  Their most successful strategy for selling during live launches
  •  How to run an automated challenge and keep the engagement up
  •  Ways to serve two audiences with the same program

This was a super fun and informative conversation, and it’s my hope that Annie and Terrie’s story will give you a little peek at what’s possible.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 12, 2022
#459: 4 Ways To Make Sure You’re Growing Along With Your Business
15:44

There’s a reason it’s said that investing in yourself is the best investment you can make

Newsflash: As your business grows, you need to grow too. 

You’re probably thinking, “Well, duh, Amy -- that’s obvious.” And I agree, it is. But the thing is, all-too-many entrepreneurs completely neglect their own growth and development as their business grows.

It’s super easy to do, and believe me, I can relate. You’re so focused and invested in making your business the very best it can be, that you forget about the person behind the scenes, in the trenches, doing all the hard work: Yourself.

You, my friend, are the force behind your business’ success. By giving it everything you’ve got (and more), it’s easy to be left feeling a bit drained and uninspired, which is not a great state to be in if you want to continue achieving. So that’s why it’s crucially important to invest in yourself, so you continue to grow right along with your thriving business.

It doesn’t need to be anything major, friend -- and as you’ll see, what I do in order to continue growing is very simple. Think about it like a little tune-up. Every once in a while, you have to take a pause, check yourself, and take a little time to ensure that you’re running on all cylinders. 

Believe me, after listening to this episode, you’ll understand why it’s said that the best investment you can make is in yourself.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 10, 2022
#458: You Asked, I Answered: 6 List Building Questions I Hear Most Often
28:39

Newsflash: When your email list grows, so does your business

I get asked about list building allllll. the. time. And when I say all the time, I mean in my DMs, in my Lives, on social media -- everywhere! 

It’s not that list building is particularly sexy or the latest and greatest thing in digital marketing. It’s such a hot topic because when your email list grows, your business grows right along with it -- a plain and simple truth that I would probably get tattooed on my body, if I were a tattoo person.

I’ve learned a ton about list building over the past 13 years of being an online entrepreneur, and it’s been a crucial part of my success in business. In this episode, I answer the six questions I get asked about the most when it comes to list building -- so I can help you get started on the right foot and avoid the lessons that I had to learn the hard way.

So whether you’re just getting started with your online business or a seasoned vet, grab a pen and paper because you’re going to want to take notes on this one.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 05, 2022
#457: Embracing Radical Confidence With Lisa Bilyeu
49:27

Learn actionable strategies for boosting your self-confidence

We all know that person who can walk into a room and totally own it without even having to speak a word. I won’t lie -- every time I see that person, I’m a little bit envious of their natural confidence.

You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you’re out there in front of the world! You are a confident person!” And I’m here to tell you that even though it seems like I’ve been blessed by the confidence Gods, it’s taken a lot of hard work. I’ve had to make confidence a practice, just like everything else that I want to succeed in.

But here’s the thing. Even if you’re not a confident person right now, you 100% can be, and my dear friend -- Lisa Bilyeu -- co-founder of Quest Nutrition and author of Radical Confidence, is here to talk about how to do just that. 

In this episode, Lisa shares:

  • How to deal with your weak spots and reframe your negative voice
  • A step-by-step practice for identifying self-sabotage and how to break the pattern
  • Tangible ways that you can boost your confidence
  • How to change how you experience failure

Because let’s be real here. When it comes to growing a business, confidence is essential. It fuels your ability to take action, stretch your limits, overcome fear, and most importantly -- know that you can win the game.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:20] Radical Confidence is using tools to move forward even when you don't feel great about doing something. It's having the skills and tools to turn to when you feel insecure.
  • [07:04] No bull-shit! What would it take? Instead of just sitting around wishing, ask what it would take for you to be the best pianist in the world. Break it down to steps and then decide if those steps are for you. You get to assess and decide whether to do it or not. 
  • [09:46] Failure can be inevitable when you're going after something you want. Look at your weaknesses, and accept that failure isn't an option. When you try to do those things, you will find inevitable weaknesses that you'll have to take a hard look at.
  • [12:15] How do I stop this negative voice that's absolutely paralyzing me? A negative voice can be your kryptonite, think about how you can make it your superpower? It's about perspective and reframing. Be nice to yourself and don't beat yourself up.
  • [14:20] Flip the mean girl in your head and find out what she's really trying to say to you in a positive way. Let the voice run wild and write everything down with no emotion. The critic becomes the coach.
  • [19:01] Identifying self-sabotage and breaking the pattern. If we are the ones in our own way, then we can change that. What are you doing that gets in your way? Is your goal in line with what you want to do with your life? Is that why you're self-sabotaging yourself?
  • [21:23] You can make choices that allow you to stop self-sabotaging over the goal you want. Not giving yourself the opportunity to experiment and explore is another form of self-sabotage we don't even recognize.
  • [22:31] Get clear and write out your goal. Who? What? When? Why? How? This will give you a north star to move forward. Make a commitment and write down whether you did it or not. Address, reframe, and access. 
  • [26:24] Tangible ways for boosting your confidence. Have a hype song. There's a difference between knowing how to do something and wanting to do it. Have a strategy and game plan. Say yes! Find things that empower you. Cultivate a mental state that will empower you. 
  • [33:44] Emotional sobriety. Don't get so upset that you say or do things you regret. Being emotion drunk does not serve you. There are going to be people who frustrate you. Losing it does not serve you. Take an emotional shot of sobriety. You could just leave the room. 
  • [38:11] Write down what took place, but not your emotions. Once you have the words, you can look at your emotions and identify triggers. Use it as a guide and identify a game plan.
  • [39:55] Radical Confidence is about living the life you want. This book will help you break down all of the things that are getting in the way like mindset and the way you show up every day. It's a guide and blueprint of how to navigate the life you want.
  • [48:30] We need to work on confidence everyday. Choose one practice that resonated with you today and grab a pen and paper and embody that practice.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 04, 2022
#456: A Lesson In Comparison: You Vs. Other Entrepreneurs
14:15

What I do to turn jealous thoughts into something productive

Raise your hand if you’ve ever had a jealousy hangover. You know, the lingering envy you have after seeing another entrepreneur achieve something that you want in your own business. 

I’ll be the first to admit, I’ve had a jealousy hangover or two and as you’d expect, they’re no fun. But instead of letting these unsettled feelings get the best of me (which I’m 100% guilty of doing in the past), I use them to my advantage. 

Yes, friend -- I have a few tricks up my sleeve that I use every single time I start comparing myself to other entrepreneurs. They not only help me steer clear of the dreaded jealousy hangover, but they also get me closer to focusing and achieving what I want. In this episode, I share: 

  • The exact questions I ask myself when I start comparing myself to others 
  • How to pinpoint where your jealousy comes from
  • Ways to use feelings of envy in a productive way 
  • What I do to turn resentment of other entrepreneurs into excitement for them and motivation for myself

By shifting the way you think about other entrepreneurs’ success, I promise you’ll find that it brings you closer to achieving everything you’ve ever wanted and more.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:00] If you're feeling jealous or envious of another online business owner, ask yourself what they have that you want. What do they have that I want? You could use these envious feelings in a more productive way.
  • [06:22] Get clear on your why, and you might uncover something that you hadn't even thought of. Then ask why I want that. This can give you clarity.
  • [08:27] If you really work on your insecurities the next time you feel jealousy, it will be easier to cheer that person on and think I want that too.
  • [10:15] The next time you feel bad, jealous, or envious toward another entrepreneur, just stop and notice it. It's okay to feel those feelings. Then you can turn that jealousy into something productive. Write down that thought in your phone or your journal.
  • [11:03] What are you jealous about? What did they have that I wanted? Why do I want that? What will it bring me? How will it make me feel? What are some small steps I can take to get there? Take action on those steps!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 03, 2022
#455: How to Plan Your Next Program Video Shoot Without Breaking The Bank
36:23

Learn my tried and true process for shooting like a pro each and every time

You’ve laid out your course modules and lessons. You’ve written your scripts. You’ve listened to your pump-up song on full blast, and you’re ready to record your course videos. There’s only one minor problem -- you have absolutely no idea where to start, and what to do.

Good news, my sweet friend. I’m going to tell you exactly what I do to create high-quality videos that look professional and don’t break the bank. 

My process for recording my course videos runs like a well-oiled machine. I don’t say that to brag, friend – believe me, it’s taken a lot of trial and error over the years to nail it down. And thanks to the many learning lessons I’ve had along the way, I now have a tried and true process for hitting the record button like a pro.

I am so excited to share this process with you because I know it is going to save you a ton of time, and also a ton of money. Tune in to hear my tricks of the trade, including: 

  • The system I use to plan and organize my time and assets
  • How to select your outfits and shoot location
  • Where to find an inexpensive videographer and editor 
  • The tools I swear by to record my course videos

After you listen to this episode, you’ll be shooting your course videos like a pro -- and I for one, can’t wait to see them.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:54] I recently recorded all of the training videos for my List Builders Society course and realized I would have paid for a high-quality video creation process when I was first getting started. 
  • [05:55] You must first organize your schedule and assets. Give yourself plenty of time to plan everything out. 
  • [07:14] You can write out your script and use a teleprompter or use bullet points to guide you. Create a filming schedule once you know your modules.
  • [07:48] I have my outfits for each video planned along with the video, link to the script, and filming notes listed out in three columns in a Google doc. 
  • [11:02] Call in support and tell your family and loved ones that you need quiet time without any distractions. 
  • [12:15] Plan your outfits for direct-to-camera shots so you don’t scramble to find one at the last minute. Select one outfit per module to mix it up. 
  • [14:50] Shoot at your house if it's an option. Recording at home makes things easier, allows you to be relaxed, and saves money. 
  • [17:59] Early on, it's probably best to forgo a videographer, but it is helpful to hire someone knowledgeable to set up your studio.
  • [23:05] Lighting is important for direct-to-camera videos, so plan for it in advance. You might be able to find a student to help you, or an inexpensive lighting kit. 
  • [25:48] Account for editing time. You can record all scenes by yourself, but it saves valuable time and energy to hire someone to edit your videos.
  • [29:44] I use bullet points for live videos, and a script and teleprompter for recorded videos. I like PromptSmart, BIGVU, and Ecamm.
  • [34:18] Action item: Use this guide to plan your next video shoot.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 28, 2022
#454: The 10 Minute Daily Challenge That Will Set You Up For Success
15:30

If you’re ready to grow personally and professionally, try this simple practice

If you’ve been with me a while, you know that I am a huge fan of journaling. Without a doubt, this super simple practice has helped me calm my busy mind, foster my creativity, and stay organized. It has brought so much to my personal and professional life that I can’t even imagine what things would be like if I didn’t do it every day. 

But here’s the thing -- journaling, just like anything, is a practice. You’ve got to commit to it, and you also need to understand that it can take a bit of time to get into a good groove. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve sat down with every intention of getting all of my thoughts out, only to stare at a blank page for what feels like hours. 

Thanks to the help of some of my mentors and coaches, I’ve got this whole journaling thing down. In this episode, I share exactly what I do to set myself up for success, tame any negative thoughts that come up while I’m writing, and make sure I get the most out of this powerful practice.

Tune in to hear: 

  • How I set up my daily journaling routine, and why I set it up this way
  • Questions and prompts to ask yourself when you’re not sure what to write about
  • How to normalize judgemental thoughts you might have when writing 
  • Ways to neutralize your language when you’re letting it all out
  • What to do if you find negative thoughts spiraling out of control while journaling

By the time you’re done listening to this episode, you’ll have a whole new approach to journaling -- one that helps you be more productive, positive, and kinder to yourself.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 26, 2022
#453: Why Memberships Are The Future Of Online Businesses With Stu McLaren
46:47

If you’re looking to scale your business, memberships may be right for you

If you have a business that you’re looking to scale, are looking for a way to further support your students, or if you’ve ever thought about adding a membership, this episode is for you. 

Stu McLaren joins me for a chat about all-things memberships -- how to determine if it’s the right model for your business, why they’re exploding in popularity, and how they've changed over the past couple of years.

And believe me – there is, quite literally, no better person to advise you when it comes to this sort of thing. For the past 12 years, Stu has worked intimately with tens of thousands of authors, speakers, coaches, consultants and business owners to transform what they know and love into recurring revenue through membership sites.

Tune in to learn: 

  • How to determine what kind of membership is best for your business
  • The recent changes memberships have faced and what that means for you
  • Why memberships are more important now than ever before
  • What types of businesses work best with the membership model

Happy listening!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:26] Stu created a membership in 2008, because he wanted to grow his business it allowed him to scale his business without demanding a ton of time or energy. 
  • [09:08] There are four different types of memberships including product-based, service-based, knowledge-based, and community-based memberships. 
  • [25:57] Creating a positive experience in the first 30 days can triple the lifetime membership time. Take a close look at your onboarding methods.
  • [30:29] It's important to understand the lifeline of a membership and change marketing strategies as it grows. 
  • [32:35] Teaching people your passion is a great use of a membership site. Don't overlook the gifts you have. You could create a business around your skill sets. 
  • [35:48] If starting out, look at a knowledge-based membership. You can design your business however you want.
  • [39:42] Stu is hosting a Live Workshop that will assess if your market is a good fit for a membership site and more! It's live and free.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 21, 2022
#452: Earth To Amy: How To Stay Grounded When You’re Wearing A Million Hats
16:43

If you’re overwhelmed in your business – you’re not alone, these exercises can help.

I absolutely love being an entrepreneur. I love the variety, the challenge of it, the people I get to learn from, and most importantly, the people I have the honor of teaching. I’m also incredibly grateful for the fact that I get to wake up every morning and do something that lights me up.

Being an entrepreneur is a lot at times -- and I’m sure you can relate. I won’t lie -- I’m going through a time where I feel like the weight of the world (and my business) is on my shoulders. I have a hundred plates spinning in the air, and at any given moment, one could drop.

Luckily, I have a few grounding tools and exercises in my arsenal to help redirect my overwhelm, and come back to planet Earth when I start to lose my footing. Over the years, I’ve found that these little tricks have helped me get through even the toughest of times -- and I’m sharing them in this episode. You’ll learn:

  • What I tell myself to quiet my mind when things are stressful
  • The strategy I use to pull myself out of busy business overwhelm
  • The two things I’ve incorporated into my daily routine to keep me grounded
  • Why being with yourself, and others, is the key to overcoming difficult times

So if you’re feeling the stress of doing a million different things and wearing a million different hats, tune in and take notes!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:34] When things get tough, I remind myself that I'm in a season and this too shall pass. It helps me rein in negative thoughts and have a much better mindset.
  • [06:05] You’ve got to be grateful for both the good and the bad. There's ebbs, and there's flows with everything in life.
  • [07:01] I have to strategically think about how to get through the tough times when things are overwhelming. One thing I do is call on friends and leaders in the industry and ask questions.
  • [08:27] I meditate for 10 minutes a day using the Calm app. I've made it a goal to be consistent on Monday through Friday. I also do breathing exercises. 
  • [12:07] When I have too many plates spinning in the air, I have to be honest with myself. I can't be afraid to ask for support from my team and delegate when I need to. It also helps having a VA.
  • [14:00] There's no shame in putting off a few items on your calendar. Time moves quickly, and it will be here like that. Give yourself room to breathe.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 19, 2022
#451: Money Mindset Must-Haves For Every Entrepreneur With Anthony O'Neal
50:07

Why your income potential has everything to do with your mindset

Question for you, friend. When you first started your business, what made you most excited? Let me guess -- building something incredible, having the opportunity to help others and give back, and being your own boss topped the list.

And while I’m sure making a ton of money was also on that list, I’d hedge a bet that creating budgets was not. 

I can’t say I know too many online marketing entrepreneurs that get excited about the money management aspect of creating wealth -- because let’s be real, it can be intimidating and very tricky, especially when you have no idea where to start. 

But here’s the thing. It’s incredibly important, and proper management of your money can make or break your business. 

That’s why I’m so excited for you to listen to this episode, where I chat with Anthony O’Neal -- a number one national bestselling author, speaker, financial expert, and host of the popular YouTube series and The Table Podcast with Anthony O’Neal.

What’s great about Anthony is that he’s able to explain things in a way that is super relatable and easy to understand for those of us (ahem, yours truly) that don’t particularly enjoy putting together budgets and spreadsheets. 

In this episode, we answer those questions that most business owners have when they’re getting started, like: 

  • How do you budget when your monthly income varies?
  • How do you set revenue goals that are in alignment with your business goals
  • When should you start paying yourself, and how much?
  • What happens when you don’t meet your revenue goals

Plus, Anthony shares how changing your mindset around money serves as the foundation for creating financial growth and freedom, plus simple tips on how to put it into practice.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:30] Anthony knew nothing about finances and racked up tons of college debt. He decided that he needed to change his decisions in order to change his future. Dave Ramsey helped him change his mindset around money, and learn how to have a debt-free true ownership life.
  • [11:00] If you’re first starting out in business, create vision of where you're going with your money that’s based on your last quarter. Your budget should be based off of the bare minimum that you'll be bringing in.
  • [13:40] It’s important to have a budget for your personal life and a budget for your business life. 
  • [14:32] You always want to pay yourself something from your business. Have a CPA assess the proper payment. Usually, the minimum is 20 to 30% of what you're collecting.
  • [21:10] You should not feel guilty for having money. It's a blessing to be blessed. 
  • [27:03] If you want to meet your revenue goals, shift your money mindset. Go deeper into your ‘why.’ What are you actually trying to do? Does your ‘why’ make you cry (in a good way)?
  • [36:51] Everyone eventually needs a financial advisor. As your income grows, your need for wisdom grows. Grow with someone who can properly advise you. 
  • [40:05] The number one money mistake people make is not having a vision. The number two mistake is living above their means, and the number three mistake is not investing that money. Create a monthly margin to add to your investments and savings.
  • [42:41] The best piece of money advice that Anthony has received is that for every dollar brought in, give God ten cents. This is about being generous and a good steward of money.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 14, 2022
#450: How to Bounce Back After a Disappointing Launch
18:19

Failure to launch is not the end of the world, it’s an opportunity to do better

Say this out loud: 

Failed launches happen, and it's ok when they do.

Say it again, and this time, actually believe it! 

It’s true, friend -- failed launches are simply a part of being a digital marketer, and you’ve just got to accept it. It doesn’t matter if you are the most successful course creator on this planet or just getting started -- they happen to everyone, including me. 

Over the years I’ve done dozens of launches, and one thing I’ve learned is that the bad launch fairy does not discriminate. She will literally take the launch that you spent the most time on -- the one that you were certain would be a smashing success -- and turn it into a complete flop with a poof of her wand, leaving you disheartened and totally confused. 

Well, that’s what it can seem like anyways -- and if you’ve ever had a launch that didn’t go as well as you expected, I’m sure you can relate! 

The question is, how do you move on from that failed launch and make sure that the next one blows it out of the park? #Spoileralert, it has everything to do with your mindset. And as hard as it can be to pull yourself up from your bootstraps and march onward, you’ve just got to do it.

In this episode, you’ll hear:

  • The mindset I embrace to move on from disappointing launches 
  • What I discuss in my team debrief meetings after a launch doesn’t go as planned
  • Ways you can learn from your failed launch and go on to create something 10x better

Are you ready? Let’s get started.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 12, 2022
[Bonus Episode] Consumer Habits That Will Affect Your Business & Why Brand Loyalty Is Changing
48:48

Since 2020, we’ve seen the world change and shift multiple times. And as an entrepreneur, there’s nothing we can do but hold on and try to adjust to the changing times the best we can.

I think we can all agree that staying flexible and fluid isn’t always easy… especially when you’re trying to plan the future of your business.

We may not always get the answers we want or the direction we’re hoping for, but we can lean into other entrepreneurs and experts to help direct us and support us in making the best decisions we can with the information we have.

In this bonus episode, I brought on Phillip Stutts because he’s sharing an important message that affects us as entrepreneurs right now. I wanted to get this information into your hands as quickly as possible so you can pivot and adjust accordingly as we head into Q2 of 2022.

My guest, Phillip, comes from the cutthroat world of political marketing. He has over 2 decades of experience working on campaigns with billions of dollars in political ad spend, and contributed to over 1,433 election victories, including 3 U.S. Presidential victories.

Phillip is also the founder and CEO of Win BIG Media (a corporate marketing agency) and Founder/Executive Chairman of Go BIG Media (a political marketing ad firm).

In this interview, you’ll hear Phillip and I discuss:

  • What’s happening to brand loyalty
  • The three types of consumer personality types and why we should be paying attention to these
  • Why you may want to reconsider where you’re spending your ad spend – including if Facebook advertising is best for your business

And so much more. I hope you’re fully present for this conversation and take what you learn and adjust your business, goals, and budgets as we continue into 2022.

Apr 08, 2022
#449: Why NOW Is The Best Time To Launch A Podcast With Jenna Kutcher
46:37

Learn how to launch and grow your podcast from the best in the industry.

If you’ve been listening to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you know that one of the questions I always ask my guests is, “What would you do if you had to start your business all over again? What would you focus on first?

And for me, answering that question is super easy. Without a shadow of a doubt, I would start a podcast from day one. Yes, friend, it’s true. Online Marketing Made Easy has brought so much more to my business than I ever thought possible, and it’s also been such a great creative outlet for me. 

Not only does a podcast help you develop a presence for your brand and directly connect with your target audience, but you can also make great money in the process. My team and I just recently had our first 1 million downloads month, and I could not be more proud. It’s taken a lot of hard work, changing directions, and trying out new things -- but it’s been well worth the effort. 

So in the spirit of all-things podcast, I thought I’d invite Jenna Kutcher, the host of the Goal Digger podcast, on to the show to share a few words of wisdom. Jenna is the crème de la crème of podcasters and content creators, so I know you’ll be just as excited as I was to hear what she has to say.

In this interview, you’ll hear Jenna and I discuss:

  • How to set realistic production and metrics goals
  • Tips on how to monetize your podcast and when to start
  • When is “too late” to create and launch a podcast
  • The pros and cons of being part of a podcast network

Do you have your listening ears on? Good -- because if you’ve ever considered starting a podcast, you definitely want to listen closely.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:05] The key to a successful podcast is to find a way to produce content sustainably. Have systems in place that allow you to show up and keep running.
  • [10:45] Don't let things that don't matter hold you up. Find out what you are doing and why. A podcast can be a top of funnel, establish you as an expert, or become an interview opportunity. Get clear on your goal. 
  • [12:41] Set a goal for your podcast. Could it be a list builder, a way to establish credibility, or a means to pivot your business? Your results will depend on what that goal is.
  • [16:52] Monetize from day one. People will continue to go back to early episodes. You could use it as a list builder or an affiliate play. 
  • [20:53] It's not too late to start a podcast. No one will approach it like you will. Listeners listen to multiple shows.
  • [26:14] Subscriptions or paid models are becoming popular. Jenna likes the idea of creating value for free and giving away content. 
  • [34:54] Jenna loves that people are inviting her voice into their lives. Podcasts are a reference library to so many different topics. If the host isn't an expert, they can bring an expert in.
  • [38:29] Jenna has a free masterclass on how to podcast. It shares all the beginning information, so there's no second-guessing.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 07, 2022
#448: Steal These Mantras To Keep You Going Personally & Professionally
17:35

Remember these when your thoughts get in the way of your success

There are four mantras that I keep coming back to time and time again. They are, quite literally, the words that guide my life, both at home and in my business.

How many times have you felt uncertain or anxious about something and that feeling starts to consume you? As high achievers we put SO.MUCH.PRESSURE on ourselves to succeed, that if we don’t manage our own thoughts, they have the potential to get out of control. 

Believe me, I am a serious offender when it comes to getting stuck in my own head, and that’s why whenever I find myself getting to that place, I take a deep breath and remember these four things.

These mantras have gotten me through many “firsts” — including my first course launch, my first big move across the country, and also my first book, which you’ll hear more about in this episode. 

Not only that, but they have helped me a ton when it comes to understanding -- and accepting -- that things don’t always happen on my timeline, no matter how much I want them to. 

So grab your beverage of choice and a journal or notepad, because you’re going to want to write these down so you can treat yourself to them whenever your thoughts start to get in the way of your own success. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Apr 05, 2022
#447: This Sales Strategy Converted at 44% & Now I'm Teaching It To You
40:04

In a world of automation, personal connection is what our clients were really craving.

I am beyond excited for you to listen to this episode because this sales strategy is going to blow your socks off. I recently used this strategy for the first time, and let me tell you, my entire team was floored at not only how many sales we got, but how much richer it made our launch.

But here’s the thing -- it’s not fancy, it’s not complicated, and considering that we are all in the world of digital marketing, it might surprise you to hear that the success of this sales strategy had everything to do with human interaction. 

Yes, my friend! Call me old school, but there is tremendous value in personal connection with other people that gets lost in this brave new world of automation. And considering we’re just now emerging from a pandemic that has drastically limited our ability to interact with others, that ‘human touch’ is needed much more now than ever.

Now, I’m not making a dig on digital, because it’s what pays my bills and it’s what allows me to help so many online business owners around the world. But let’s be real -- one-on-one interaction with another person allows us as marketers to appeal to their most basic instincts as buyers. Such as…

  1. What are their pain points? 
  2. What are their fears? 
  3. What do they not only want, but what do they need?

This is the first time in my 13 years of entrepreneurship that I’ve used this strategy, and it absolutely crushed the goals that my team and I set up front. And here’s the good news: It’s super easy to replicate, and I’m going to share how to do it step-by-step. 

In this episode, you’ll learn: 

  • What a live concierge team is, and how they can help you convert customers
  • How to put together a concierge team, even if you don’t have any team members
  • The tools and technology you need to set your concierge team up for success
  • Goals and metrics you should measure 
  • What I plan to do differently after implementing this strategy for the first time

Are you ready? Let’s dive in.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:14] We create a concierge team that helped potential students understand whether the course was right for them or not. 
  • [06:58] Consider adding something like this to your own launch strategy. Especially if you have a program that's $500 or more. You can use this strategy even if you don't have a team.
  • [11:20] Use the tools that work best for you. We used Calendly, Zoom, and created email tags for people interested in our calls. 
  • [28:51] Set goals for your concierge team. You may want to consider tracking sales and offer a prize for milestones and high conversions. 
  • [32:57] Here are a few important lessons we learned: 1. Have your team block their time. 2. Allow flexibility with a range of times. 3. Make a schedule for your team to provide coverage throughout the day. 4. Have concierge meetings before the cart opens. 5. Create a simple URL page to promote the team.
  • [37:35] Action items: Write a list of people who love to connect and are willing to promote your program. Put together resources for them. Set goals. Have fun!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 31, 2022
#446: The Art of Delegation & Why It's The Best Thing I've Ever Done
22:57

Once I learned to let go, my business grew exponentially

If you’re anything like me, you like to have a hand in every single aspect of your business. After all, your business is where you spend the majority of your time, focus, and energy -- so why wouldn’t you want to feel like you’re 100% in control of it? 

As you can probably tell, delegation is something that I’ve struggled with for a very long time. In fact, if I had a dollar for every time I said (or thought) “It’ll be easier if I do it myself,” or “It’ll be faster if I just do it,” I’d be a very rich woman.

But I’ll let you in on a little secret now that I’m on the other side of it: This is no way to grow, run, or scale a successful business. Not only do you burn yourself out by spinning the wheels on things that are outside of your zone of genius, but your growth will be limited because there’s only one you, and #spoileralert, you can’t possibly do everything because you’re human.

Trust me on this one. Once you are able to put your trust in somebody else who is equally or more capable of accomplishing the job or task at hand, things run a lot smoother, you’re less stressed out, and you are able to spend time doing the things that are going to actually help your business grow

I know, I know. It’s difficult to let go of things that you’re used to being in control of. But that’s the thing with growth, right? It’s not always easy, but the growing pains are totally worth the end result.

So if you’ve been struggling with passing the torch, tune into this episode to learn: 

  • The mindset I’ve embraced in order to let go of some of the most important pieces of my business
  • How to identify your ‘zone of genius' and make sure you stay working within it
  • Ways to overcome the “I can do it faster and better” mentality
  • The lessons I’ve learned from letting go and trusting others

Sneak away for a little bit (maybe even delegate your next task, if you dare… ) and tune into this episode that I hope will help you find the confidence to let go.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 29, 2022
#445: 'How to Do The Work' and Release Negative Thinking with Dr. Nicole LaPera
01:02:46

Why your thoughts have everything to your success in life and business

I am so excited for you to listen to this episode because my guest is someone who helped get me out of a really difficult time in my life -- a time that I’ve shared about on this podcast. 

Her name is Dr. Nicole LaPera. She’s a Cornell-trained holistic psychologist, and thanks to her book, How to Do The Work, I learned some really great tools on how to examine and correct the negative thought patterns I was having last year that led to a bit of a depression.

If you’ve been tuning in to Online Marketing Made Easy for a while, you’ve heard a lot about this period of time in the beginning of 2021, right after our move to Nashville. It took a big toll on my personal and professional life, so that’s why I’m getting super vulnerable in this interview and diving into all-things mental health. 

By the way, I am so glad that mental health is a topic that is losing its stigma, and becoming a bigger part of everyday conversation -- because let’s be honest, it has a direct effect on how we show up in the world every single day. 

Trust me on this one. Dr. Nicole’s approach is much different than some of the other types of therapy and personal development work that are out there, and you can expect to walk away from this episode with her unique perspective on how to: 

  • Recognize toxic patterns and how they manifest
  • Heal from personal trauma so you can show up as the best version of yourself in life and in business
  • Make permanent shifts in your thought patterns
  • Take your mental health and healing into your own hands

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:54] When Nicole was young, she struggled with anxiety. Her curiosity around her struggles inspired her to pursue a career in psychology so she could help others understand themselves and create change in the world.
  • [09:02] After having a successful private practice, she felt inspired to look at new ways to create change to help people online. She wanted to share her stories and her tools, so she started The Holistic Psychologist.
  • [10:53] The work emphasizes the daily nature of change required. Many of us are stuck because we're not living consciously. We need to be conscious in real time, so we don't repeat the old habits.
  • [16:14] Set random alarms on your phone to check in with yourself. Ask, “How present am I? Am I fully immersed in whatever I'm doing?” Use your senses to come back to being present.
  • [30:59] We have the choice to shift from disempowerment to empowerment, so long as we are doing things consciously and checking in with ourselves.
  • [37:42] Make sure you get the nutrients that your brain needs to function. Geting enough sleep at night, your breathing, and taking care of your body are great ways to start.  
  • [41:36] Learn how to stay committed and connected to your truth and your vision in business. Be discerning about what you hear, and know what you stand for!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 24, 2022
#444: My Top 5 All-Time Favorite Online Marketing Made Easy Episodes
22:50

After 9 years of having my own podcast, I always come back to these

This episode was super fun for me to create because I got to revisit my very favorite Online Marketing Made Easy episodes -- the ones that really struck a chord with me, and have stuck with me after all these years!

Now, narrowing down the list from 500 episodes to just five was no small task because I honest-to-God love each and every one of them. But I hunkered down and recalled the ones I still think about often, and I am really excited to share them with you.

If you’ve been with me for a while, and have already listened to these in the past, even better because as you know, learning something over and over again is how you truly master it. There are so many golden nuggets that will really help you dial in on everything from creating better habits, to talking about your product and becoming a better storyteller.

But before we get to it, can I just say that I am still in awe over the fact that my team and I have created 500 episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy? What started as just a glimmer in my eye in 2013 has grown to become a living, breathing, and constantly evolving outlet that allows me to share the many things I’ve learned in my journey of online entrepreneurship. 

I’m not telling you this to brag, sweet friend -- I am sharing this with you because I am living proof that it’s possible to create a highly successful podcast that not only grows your business, but one that helps other people -- even if you don’t think you can. 

And with that, here are my all-time top five.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 22, 2022
#443: The Mini Ad Training: 4 Key Principles For High-Converting, Low-Cost Ads
29:51

Grab the free resource for this episode by heading here!

Increasing your conversion rate just got that much easier

Creating a high-converting ad on a budget may seem super tricky, but it’s actually quite simple if you play your cards right. 

Believe me, I’ve had my fair share of ads that have completely flopped, and am no stranger to that feeling in your stomach when you realize that you just spent a ton of money and have absolutely nothing to show for it. 

What’s almost worse than that is having to try it all again without the certainty that you’re going to get a return on your investment. It’s not an easy place to be, my friend, and I’ve been there too.

So here’s the good news. I’ve done allllll the trial and error for you over the past 13 years of being an online marketing entrepreneur, and have learned a thing or two about how to create ads that convert without spending (and wasting) a ton of money. 

In this episode, I share the four principles that I LIVE BY when creating ads for my own business. To this day, I run through this list to make sure that my ads are hitting the mark in each of these areas, and it hasn’t done me wrong.

My hope is that you take these principles, apply them to your own ads, and then watch your conversions continue to grow over time. 

And for the cherry on top, you can snag a free resource with a roundup of my top-performing ads in the notes below -- because let’s be real, seeing some examples in person will be that much more helpful when you go to create your own ads.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 17, 2022
#442: The Not-To-Do List: 3 Things to Avoid to Stay on Your Game
18:35

A successful business has everything to do with how you approach your day

Imagine this scenario: 

Your business is doing great. You’re meeting your goals, things are on track, and overall, you’re feeling extra proud of what you’ve accomplished this year. 

But let’s keep it real -- you’re also feeling a little bit burnt out from pouring every ounce of your soul into your business, and some things are starting to slip because… you’re a living, breathing human. 

Maybe you’re packing your days so tight that you have absolutely no room to breathe, or you’re losing focus on the tasks in front of you because your mind is constantly occupied with something else. Or maybe you’re feeling overwhelmed and disorganized, and have no idea where to even start.

Can you relate? 

I don’t know about you, but it’s this time of year -- the end of Q1 -- that I tend to get a little frazzled, and because of that, start to lose sight of the goals and intentions that I set for myself at the beginning of the year. And if you’ve been a listener for some time, you probably know that my goals set the tone for my entire business -- and I keep them front and center (so they pretty much stare at me blankly in the face every day.)

So that’s why in this shorty episode, I’m sharing my list of three things that you can avoid doing to stay on top of your game, and move forward with a clear mind and ready to take on that new product launch, or podcast, or rebrand, or whatever goals you have set for yourself and your business.

It’s time to tighten up, friend -- are you ready?

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 15, 2022
#441: Normalizing Mental Health For Entrepreneurs With Gabby Bernstein
40:24

Ways to improve your mental health, reduce anxiety, and be happy

Have you ever thought about what it would feel like to wake up each morning without any anxiety whatsoever? 

Sounds pretty incredible, I must say. But for so many entrepreneurs, waking up without any stress or fear about what’s ahead is nothing short of a pipe dream. Owning a business is hard work, and at times can 100% make you feel like the weight of the world is on your shoulders. 

I’m sure you can relate to this feeling. I know I can, and have in the past. 

But here’s the thing. The stress, fear, and anxiety that you experience is only getting in the way of your success in business. And let’s be real for a second here. Is it even worth trading your happiness for success? For me, it’s definitely not, and I tend to be an anxious person. 

That’s why I absolutely adore my guest in this episode -- because time and time again, I’ve come back to her strategies to find balance emotionally and spiritually.

Her name is Gabby Bernstein, and she’s been helping people find a sense of freedom and inner peace for the past 16 years. 

She’s a New York Times best-selling author of eight books, and host of her own podcast, Dear Gabby, where she helps guests become the happiest versions of themselves in real-time.

But what’s really special about Gabby is that she doesn’t just talk the talk, she’s walked the walk, too. Her own struggles with addiction and depression are what fueled her to align with her true purpose and become a much better version of herself. 

In this episode, you’ll learn: 

  • Self-regulation techniques for working through anxiety
  • Mindset shifts that will help you transform your thoughts
  • Ways to identify negative patterns and how to change them
  • How Gabby has used her own struggles to become stronger

I hope you love this interview as much as I did and take away some strategies on how you can make waking up without anxiety your reality.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:32] With entrepreneurs, there's often a lot of doing and less being. Some of this is from being inspired, but some of it can be from feelings of inadequacy or worry. 
  • [10:55] One self-regulation technique is to be aware of what's happening with yourself internally. Breathing can help with this.
  • [12:56] Another technique you can practice is to create grounding with your right hand on your heart. Close your eyes and breathe, inhale and exhale slowly. 
  • [17:25] The most important quality that we need to establish before doing the work is compassion for yourself. Put your hand on your heart and your belly and say, "I respect you. I honor you. I love you, and I know you're doing the best that you can. I have so much compassion for where you're at right now."
  • [20:57] In order to identify patterns that make us unhappy, we must become a witness to the patterns. Take notice of what triggers you, and how you respond. 
  • [24:50] Gabby's journey through her work and trauma recovery is the basis of Happy Days. Being a workaholic was really taking her down, but after continuously asking herself why, she started cracking into painful discomfort.
  • [27:11] She remembered a disassociated memory that answered her question of why she was a workaholic and had other issues. After identifying the why, she began a deep emotional journey of healing.
  • [30:28] Trauma has been given shame, so people minimize it. We all have trauma that still shows up in our lives now. It’s important to address it, and get out of the toxic cycle of trigger, fear, and acting out.
  • [38:25] Biggest takeaway: We should all have compassion for ourselves and the people around us.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 10, 2022
#440: White Knuckling, Letting Go, & Trusting The Process
15:36

When you attract instead of chase, the Universe won’t disappoint

When I think of white-knuckling, I imagine myself driving through snow-covered switchbacks of a steep mountainside, someplace like Colorado. 

My hands are gripping the steering wheel so tight that my knuckles turn white -- because if I take my eyes off the road for a split second, or hit one little patch of black ice, it could be an absolute disaster.

If you’ve ever driven through the mountains you probably know what I’m talking about, and it can be terrifying. 

But white-knuckling doesn’t just happen when driving through precarious terrain. It also happens in business, and entrepreneurs -- including yours truly -- are guilty of it all the time. 

Instead of gripping the steering wheel for dear life, you’re holding on to some piece of your business that you are desperately trying to control -- maybe it’s your social media, your quarterly revenue goals, or the new lead magnet you created that just isn’t hitting the mark.

You zero in on the details so closely that you start to obsess over them, and sooner or later, they start to consume every ounce of you. You feel like you’re constantly chasing something that you just can’t seem to reach. 

Does any of this sound familiar? 

I white-knuckled everything about this podcast for a long time, and it took a toll on both me and my team. But in learning to let it go and trusting more in the universe, I found that the podcast became more successful than ever. 

And that’s why I recorded this little shorty episode for you -- because I wanted to share a bit more about how loosening the reins on something you care deeply about can bring you so much more than you ever imagined, and do it a whole lot faster. 

Enjoy, my friend!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:43] White knuckling is holding on to something really tight and trying to control every aspect of it. One thing that I've white-knuckled for a long time is this podcast.
  • [07:38] I realized my podcast wasn't fun anymore, and I was obsessing about the metrics. I lost the joy I used to have in creating it, and it was difficult to be creative. I decided to let go of the expectations I had about my podcast.
  • [08:49] The following two weeks after I let go, we saw a rise in the number of downloads and more opportunities became available. 
  • [09:28] There has to be something in your business that you are white-knuckling. With so much control, the creativity doesn't flow anymore.
  • [10:21] My new motto is “I don't chase, I attract.” I’ve decided just to let it be. 
  • [12:12] Let go of expectations, and attraction will organically happen. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 08, 2022
#439: 9 Things I'd Do If I Started My Business All Over Again
35:39

Lessons I’ve learned that will save you time, money, and lots of stress

If you have recently taken the deep dive into entrepreneurship, then this episode is for you.

Yes, you, friend! The brave soul with the beautiful vision, the passionate achiever who believes in their business with every ounce of their soul, and the one who’s willing to put in the hard work while also saving that sweet, sweet space for what really matters in life.

But let’s be real… entrepreneurship is really hard, especially when you’re just getting started. It’s totally normal to feel uncertain about yourself, or like you’re way in over your head, or that you keep spinning your wheels and just can’t get out of that cycle.

I’m here to tell you that those feelings are 100% a part of being an entrepreneur. Believe me, I’ve been there, and after 13 years of figuring it all out (with many mistakes along the way), I’ve had some time to look back and reflect on what it is that I would do differently with my business if I had to start over from scratch. 

In no way am I saying that I would take back the mistakes that I’ve made -- because I’ve learned so much from each and every one of them. But I am hoping that there will be something on this list that will save you time, money, and unnecessary stress from the get-go. 

And what’s really exciting is that sooner than later, you’ll have your own list of things that you’ll be sharing with your own community on your very own podcast (more on why you should get your podcast started NOW in the episode.) 

Grab a pen and paper (or your Full Focus Planner) and settle in to hear the top nine things that I would do differently in my business if I had to do it all over again.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 03, 2022
#438: Shiny Objects Syndrome? Here’s Your Quick Fix
12:31

New projects may be fun and exciting, but do they align with your goals?

Imagine this scenario:

Things are going great in your online business -- you’ve created your ideal work week, you’re on track to meet your quarterly goals, and you have more time than you’ve ever had to focus on in your personal life.

And then… you have an idea.

Not just any idea, but the most brilliant idea that has ever popped into your head. It’s sexy, it’s fun, and quite honestly, it’s all you can think about

But the thing is, this brilliant idea of yours isn’t exactly in alignment with the goals that you’ve set for yourself. In fact, it’s not even close.

This, my friend, is called Shiny Object Syndrome, and it plagues millions of entrepreneurs all over the world -- including yours truly. 

I’m sure you can relate. Instead of focusing on the tasks that will get you closer to achieving your goals, you get sidetracked by an idea or project that feels new and exciting -- because, let’s be real, launching a new product or course is way more thrilling than refining and improving the one you already have.

But here’s the good news, sweet friend. As someone who is by nature drawn to all things shiny, I have come up with a few ways to hold myself accountable to my goals, stay focused, and still manage to work in a little bit of razzle-dazzle along the way. 

In this episode, you’ll learn: 

  • The one physical item I use that helps me stay on task
  • How I ensure that my goals get (and keep) me excited
  • What I do to keep my eye on the prize

The personality type you need to have on your team to help hold you accountable

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Mar 01, 2022
#437: How To Troubleshoot A Lead Magnet That’s Not Converting
33:26

Tried and true steps to crafting an irresistible lead magnet

Have you ever poured your blood, sweat, and tears into creating a lead magnet only to have it fail miserably

If so, two things: 1) Welcome to the club, and 2) Don’t spend any more time worrying about it because you’re going to learn A LOT about how to create a highly successful lead magnet in this episode.

The truth is, creating a lead magnet that converts is both an art and a science, which means there are a million and one reasons why yours might not be hitting the mark. 

You might find that making small tweaks to your design or copy could help boost conversions, or on the flip side, you might need to rethink your entire strategy and create something brand new.

More often than not, it takes time and good old-fashioned trial and error to get it right -- and there's absolutely no harm in that. Because each version of your lead magnet, especially the ones that fall flat, will show you what’s not working so you can make changes and improve. Plus, who said this whole lead magnet thing was going to be easy anyways? ;) 

Here’s what you can expect to take away from this episode: 

  • Easy things you can tweak to increase your conversions
  • Ways to get valuable feedback from your Ideal Customer Avatar 
  • Tips on getting your lead magnet in front of a larger audience
  • When to know if it’s time to scrap your lead magnet and start over from scratch

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 24, 2022
#436: You've Been Setting Goals Wrong: Here’s Why & What To Do About It
13:52

What to do when you’re afraid you won’t meet your next big goal

If you’ve ever created goals for yourself and didn’t meet them, it might be because you set them wrong in the first place.

And no, it’s not because what you set out to do was too ambitious (believe me, I’m a huge fan of thinking big), you most likely didn’t meet them because you didn’t have a big enough ‘Why’ behind them

The ‘Why’ is the fire behind everything that you do -- the driving force that keeps you going when things get difficult or overwhelming, when you’re completely exhausted, and when you want to throw your hands up, shut down your laptop and tune in to the latest episode of Crime Junkie.

I know you’ve been there, and I have too. That’s why in this episode, I am sharing a three-step process that you can use when you have something really big in front of you, and you start to doubt whether it’s worth your blood, sweat and tears to accomplish it. 

So grab a pen and paper (or open a Google doc) and get ready to do this exercise live as you listen to the episode -- so that those big, audacious goals I know you set for yourself are that much closer to being met. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 22, 2022
#435: Coffee with Marie Forleo: Chatting About Purpose, Time Stress, & Eliminating A Workaholic Mentality
01:04:07

The woman inspiring millions shares her best tips on creating a “figure-it-out” mindset

The guest for this special episode needs no formal introduction, because she is honest-to-God, that big of a deal. She’s got wit, she’s got wisdom, and I am without a doubt her number one fangirl. 

I am so excited to welcome back Marie Forleo to Online Marketing Made Easy. 

Marie is, quite literally, the Queen of a socially conscious digital empire that touches millions of people every day. Plus, her energy and optimism is unmatched, and there’s nobody more deserving of such hype. 

If you’ve tuned into any previous episodes with Marie as a guest, you surely understand why I keep having her back (I mean… if you know, you know.) 

And if you don’t know Marie, here’s the formal introduction: She’s a highly successful entrepreneur, writer, and philanthropist who helps people dream big, take meaningful action, and create lasting results. 

She’s also a New York Times bestselling author for her book, Everything is Figureoutable, the host of the award-winning show, MarieTV, and a philanthropist, which we’ll dive into in this episode. 

But what’s really special is that over the past 13 years, Marie has gone from being my mentor and business coach to one of my dearest friends (whom I still look up to just as much as I did when we first met at the Frank Kern conference years ago), and I couldn’t think of a better person to navigate the ever-changing world of online marketing with. 

I’m super excited to share this episode with you, especially because it’s a little different than interviews we’ve done in the past. This time around, we kept it super casual (as friends do!) and just let the conversation go wherever we felt like taking it. 

In this episode, we discuss:

  • Why you should reflect on your start as an entrepreneur
  • How to hustle without becoming a workaholic
  • The importance of creating a company with purpose
  • And leaning into those little nudges

So grab your coffee (or spicy skinny margarita depending on what time of the day it is), and turn it up for my friend, Marie Forleo.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [11:15] Marie wanted her business to help people beyond what she was teaching them. She didn't grow up with a lot of money, but she knew that having a scarcity mindset wasn't a good way to live. She committed to give 10% of what she earned to an organization that's doing good in the world. 
  • [15:37] B-School helps people unpack what a purpose driven formula might look like for them. Part of Marie’s purpose-driven formula is offering scholarships. 
  • [19:32] Time is the most precious non-renewable resource that we all have. Are you investing and lining up your time with what is most important to you? 
  • [26:22] Time stress is an entire reality where you constantly feel overwhelmed and behind. You're always comparing yourself to others and never feel like you're enough. It's like being in a hamster wheel -- you’re always exhausted, and eventually you lose the passion for the thing you love.
  • [27:44] If Marie does anything in her business that doesn't feel right, she learns from that and doesn't do it again. It's her mission and desire to live in joy and creativity. She uses social media as a tool, but she doesn't have to be there all the time.
  • [33:49] People are recognizing some of the negative impacts of social media and spending less time on it. Cultivate your own list outside of social, which also allows you to turn around a profit more quickly.
  • [38:47] If Marie was starting over, she would make sure that she chooses the right ideal customer — someone who is excited about her offerings and happy to pay for them. She would want to understand their fears and desires at such a deep level that they would feel like she was mirroring it back to them. 
  • [41:41] One of the most important things Marie has done for herself is take a coach training which introduced her to the idea that she could work from anywhere.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 17, 2022
#434: Thriving As An Introvert In An Extrovert Career
14:00

I’m living proof that introverts can be successful online entrepreneurs

Here’s one thing that may surprise you about me…

I’m an introvert to my core.

I know, I know. You’re probably thinking, “But Amy, you host a podcast! You do Facebook Lives all the time! You do in-person events with tons of people watching you! There’s absolutely no way you’re an introvert.” 

But it’s true. And I am certainly not the only introvert in an ”extrovert career.”  In fact, some of the best actors in the world, like Meryl Streep, Julia Roberts, Tom Hanks -- are introverts doing their thing in an industry that is dominated by extroverts. (And no, I’m not comparing myself in any way, shape or form to these magnificent humans, just proving a point!)

Of course, there are things I do all the time that make me slightly uncomfortable (ahem, anything in front of the camera), but like anything in business, you make a plan, stick to it, and overcome your challenges. Plus, if it doesn’t make you uncomfortable, are you really pushing yourself to grow? #truthbomb

I wear my introvert badge with pride -- and if you’re an introvert, you should too, my sweet friend. In no way does being an introvert make you any less talented, capable, or successful. And if I’m being completely honest, knowing how to take care of yourself, and allowing yourself that much-needed “me” time when you really need it, is something to be proud of.

So in this episode, I’m going to share ways that I nurture my inner introvert while still growing a successful business that requires me to be out in front of the world. You’ll learn: 

  • The ways I mentally prepare myself for stepping out of my comfort zone
  • What I do to recover after “putting myself out there” and how I pump myself up for the next time
  • How I avoid complete overwhelm in an industry that demands you constantly be “on”

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:40] Even as an introvert, it’s absolutely possible to be a highly successful entrepreneur. I'm going to share the ways I handle being an introvert in a business that requires me to be out in front of the world.
  • [05:19] I sometimes dread doing big, live events like Entrepreneur Experience, because it forces me to get out of my comfort zone. That’s why I remind myself how I feel after -- which is fantastic. It’s definitely worth it to feel a little uncomfortable and awkward in order to get you to where you want to be.
  • [07:50] After any live event or situation where I put myself out there, I need to book some alone time with my family. Now I plan for it and work it into my schedule. 
  • [10:51] There are moments that I have to show up as an extrovert. While it can be uncomfortable, I do it because it’s important to create a community where people feel a connection to me. 
  • [11:41] I am always in-tune and aware of what's going on in my body. When I start to resent an experience or an engagement, I know I'm being someone that I am not. While I’m willing to step into a place that is uncomfortable, I'm able to recognize when I’m staying there too long.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 15, 2022
#433: How To Create An Ideal Week for Optimal Focus, Productivity, & Well-Being
24:02

Accomplish your business (& personal) goals AND have more freedom

Say these three words out loud:

Ideal work week. 

Say them again. 

Ideal work week. 

Be honest… have you ever heard three words that sound so beautiful? 

If you would have asked me to envision my ideal work week back in my corporate days, I probably would have laughed -- because I was so far off from having one. 

Even in the early days of being my own boss, let me tell you, my work weeks were far less than ideal. It’s taken A LOT of trial and error (11 years of it, in fact) to nail it down -- but the good news is, I’ve finally perfected it.

That’s right, my friend -- I have set up my work week in a way that allows me to work towards my goals AND have the free time to spend with the ones that I love. 

It’s helped me be more focused, productive, and… here’s the clincher… I don’t even work Fridays anymore (You can learn all about my 4-day work week in this episode.)

Here’s what you’ll learn in this episode:

  • What it means to “theme” your weekdays to maximize productivity
  • How to set boundaries based on your weekly schedule
  • Tips and tricks on  working with a Virtual Assistant to plan the week ahead
  • Simple ways to stay organized and on-task

My hope is that you’ll be able to implement some of the strategies I share so that you, too, can accomplish your goals AND live life on your terms. Sounds ideal, right? ;-)

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 10, 2022
#432: Navigating True Friendships As An Entrepreneur
18:21

Why I keep my business close and my friends even closer

I love my friends. I mean, L-O-V-E. I am so beyond grateful for them -- they understand me, I understand them, and they’re the type of people I know always have my back.

But as you’ll hear in this episode, this hasn’t always been the case. It’s taken many years, lots of tears, and countless hard conversations to get to a place where I am 100% confident that the friends I have in my life are MY PEOPLE.

Let me back up a bit and explain why.

As an entrepreneur, friendships can be especially tough. Even friendships that you’ve had for years can take a big turn when you make the decision to ditch the 9 to 5 and commit to growing a business.

Your priorities and conversations shift when you become an entrepreneur -- your business is your baby, after all. Instead of catching up on the latest episode of Billions over skinny spicy margaritas at happy hour, you’re now rapid-fire texting your friend about your upcoming product launch, or your new copywriter that just can’t seem to nail your brand’s voice. 

Over time, this dynamic can wear on a relationship. At some point, you feel like your friend starts to resent you, judges your decisions, or simply isn’t interested in what you have to say anymore.

Can you relate?

And if your friends are ALSO entrepreneurs, that’s a whole different ballgame that’s equally as tricky to navigate. 

Regardless of if your friend is a 9 to 5er or an entrepreneur like you, it’s not that you don’t love them or aren’t grateful for having them in your life. It’s that friendships have seasons, and if I’ve learned anything over the last 14 years of having my own business, it’s totally ok to move on sometimes it’s the best thing we can do to grow.

In this episode, I’ll get really deep about my own friendships, and share with you:

  • What I’ve learned about navigating friendships as an entrepreneur
  • The qualities I look for in a friend, and why
  • How I know it’s time to move on from a friendship or lean into it 

I even open up about something I’ve NEVER talked about on the podcast -- the challenges I’ve had being a boss to my best friend in the world (and former CMO), Chloe -- my Cho Cho.

This shortie episode is SUPER personal and near and dear to my heart, so I hope you enjoy listening.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 08, 2022
#431: Why Women Should Be Investing (& How To Do It Well) with Bola Sokunbi
42:55

Start investing today and put your money to work.

When I first started investing and making my money work for me… I was super intimidated! 

In fact, the immediate thought that comes to mind when I think “investor” is a middle-aged man, in a dark suit, briskly walking down a city street with a Starbucks coffee in hand. Maybe he’s wearing a fitted t-shirt instead of a button-down -- if he’s got a little swag. 

I am, quite literally, describing Bobby Axelrod from Billions. I love Bobby’s character, but… I think you would agree, that’s definitely NOT ME. ;-) 

Google doesn’t think it’s me, either. In fact, if you do a Google image search of “investor,” guess what turns up? Ninety-nine percent of the images that populate are of the guy I just described above (ahem, Bobby) -- and no women. 

It’s no wonder I feel slightly uncomfortable thinking about investing -- because women, especially millennials and older, have been so conditioned to think that you have to be a man (and have a ton of money) to invest.

But here’s the thing…

That impression is totally wrong. The game has changed, and women are investing money like never before (and Google, if you’re reading this, please push some female investor images to your first page, okay?)

Investing money doesn’t have to mean putting millions of dollars into a hedge fund -- it simply means making your money work for you over time. The key here is, though, that you have to actually GET STARTED investing in order to be successful in it, and that my friend, is often the biggest hurdle. 

That’s why I’m so excited for you to hear the interview I had with Bola Sokunbi, who is the go-to expert for investing, whether you’re an experienced investor or just starting out -- and definitely if you’re a female investor. 

She’s a Certified Financial Education Instructor, best-selling author, speaker, writer, podcaster, social media influencer, and a mama to twins -- which makes her THAT much more impressive.

In our interview, we discuss: 

  • How to get started investing, even if you NEVER thought you’d be able to 
  • Some of the barriers to investing that women face, and how we’re overcoming them
  • Tips on investing your money smarter so you can retire before the age of 65 
  • The good, the bad, and the ugly about cryptocurrency, and if it's right for you

Think of it like Investing 101, with a little extra kick. ;-) 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 03, 2022
#430: 5 Goals I’m Committing To This Year
26:31

The strategies I’m using to feel great AND accomplish my goals in 2022 .

That’s right, friend! I am getting fully transparent with you about what I am doing to set myself up for success in 2022

I have always been big on goal setting, planning, and setting intentions for the year ahead (it’s a BIG part of why I’ve seen such success as an entrepreneur)…

… but as you know, I struggled with some unexpected depression and anxiety in 2021. This year, I am determined to get ahead of it. 

That’s why I’m trying out some FRESH approaches to goal setting that will not only help me to achieve some really cool things both personally and professionally, but ALSO get me in the right mindset before taking on each challenge that I set for myself.

Because let’s be honest -- ”success” and “achievement” are not only about what you accomplish, they’re just as much about how you FEEL.

In this episode, I’ll share:

  • The goal-setting strategy I LOVE that puts emphasis on how you want to feel, not what you do
  • The 5 goals that I’ve set for myself in 2022, why I chose to set those particular goals, and how I plan to achieve them
  • How I set goals that are challenging yet attainable

I’m hoping that by listening to this episode, you’ll hold me accountable, stay motivated to accomplish the goals you’ve already set for yourself in 2022, AND be inspired to get back on the horse if you’ve fallen victim to the infamous #QuittersDay (more on that in the episode.)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:01] One new thing I’m trying in 2022 is identifying the core feelings that I want to experience this year. I want to feel trusting, courageous, energized, in the zone, and luminous while I'm working on my goals and after I achieve them. 
  • [10:27] Take action: What are 3-5 feelings you want to experience over and over again this year? Think about how you want to feel and write it down.
  • [11:08] Goal #1: Do the 29029 challenge. This is where you climb a mountain a certain amount of times (in a certain amount of time). All in all, it adds up to the equivalent of climbing Everest. 
  • [14:20] Goal #2: Create a certification program for my business. I don't know what it looks like, but I’m going to put together ideas this year and launch it in 2023.
  • [15:39] Goal #3: Take a sabbatical. I've been dreaming of taking a sabbatical for years, but in 2022 I’m actually doing it. I'm taking off the last half of May and the entire month of June to spend at my lake house.
  • [17:50] Goal #4: Create a project plan for my new book. My book won’t launch until January of 2023, but I need to have an entire project promotion plan dialed in by 3/31.
  • [21:40] Goal #5: Create a 3-year vision of my company.  I want to scale the business and incorporate different models that I’ve never tried before, which means I need to plan further out.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Feb 01, 2022
#429: 6 High Performance Habits To Transform Your Life & Business with Brendon Burchard
01:11:12

The world’s leading life coach reveals what gives high-achievers the edge

If you’re ever scrolling through your social media feeds and you see a personal development quote that strikes a chord with you (in all the right ways), it’s most likely from today’s podcast guest.

His name is Brendan Burchard, and I have a hunch that you’ve probably heard of him. ;-) 

He is a 3-time New York Times bestselling author (if you haven’t read his book High-Performance Habits, then READ.IT.NOW.), a globally respected high-performance coach, and one of the world’s most-watched, followed, and quoted personal development trainers in the world. 

You’ve heard me talk about Brendan on the podcast a ton, and it’s because he is the OG of digital content and online education. Seriously! He was an influencer before it even became cool.

And beyond that, Brendan is one of the first people that inspired me to ditch the corporate world and embrace entrepreneurship (more on our first meeting, and what he said to get me to take action, in the episode.)

We talk all-things ambition and achievement, PLUS:

  • Brendan’s surprising journey to becoming one of the most sought after high-performance coaches in the world
  • How to move on from the victim mentality after two really tough years of the pandemic
  • 6 specific habits you should commit to if you want to be successful in the long term, and how to put them in your daily practice
  • Two areas of marketing Brendan would focus on if he had to rebuild his business from scratch
  • The BEST piece of advice Brendan has ever gotten, and his most proud piece of content that resulted from that advice

After listening to this episode, you’ll 100% understand why I am such a Brendan Burchard #fangirl. 

I’m so excited for you to tune in, especially since this is one of just a few interviews that he’ll do this year.

Plus, just to make things extra fun, I’ve created a free quiz that you can take to get a curated Online Marketing Made Easy playlist that is specific to where you are on your entrepreneurial journey. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:41] What does ‘raise your ambition’ really mean? It means getting to a place of feeling fully alive mentally, physically, and spiritually, and being connected to meaningful purposes that give us a sense of impact. 
  • [15:19] What holds people back from moving on from the victim mentality is the empathy they so often get from others. Being around peers or coaches that hear you -- but keep you on track with the solution mindset -- is key. 
  • [29:20] High-Performance Habit #1: Seek Clarity. High performers, more often than underperformers, seek clarity. Doing so requires discipline in asking for help and finding out who you are. 
  • [30:41] High-Performance Habit #2: Generate Energy. High performers do things specifically to stimulate mental, emotional, and physical energy, like practicing meditation, exercising frequently, and eating well. 
  • [31:41] High-Performance Habit #3: Raise Necessity. Necessity means that you have the psychological need for success. There needs to be a clear reason for doing what you’re doing and the meaning behind it. 
  • [35:54] High-Performance Habit #4: Become More Productive. High performers are determined to continuously increase their productivity and do things like blocking time, and taking a break every 50 minutes to recharge. 
  • [41:03] High-Performance Habit #5: Develop Influence. We must have influence for people to believe in us, buy from us, cheer for us, or open doors for us. 
  • [44:42] High-Performance Habit #6: Demonstrate Courage. Courage means that you take action even when there’s risk, doubt, or uncertainty. High performers are also not afraid to speak up for themselves and others. 
  • [49:27] If Brendon had to start his business over from scratch he would first focus on content rhythm, campaign strategy, and collaboration.
  • [01:09:40] Take action: What is your biggest takeaway? Take a screenshot, tag @amyporterfield on Instagram, and share your biggest takeaway from this episode.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 27, 2022
#428: 430 Episodes, 9 Years, Over 34 Million Downloads & The Truth About My Podcast
16:33

The good, the bad, and the ugly about the platform that reaches millions

Have you ever thought about starting a podcast, only to later question if you have what it takes (time, energy, experience, expertise) to do it?

If this sounds anything like you, then read on my friend--because I’m about to share the honest-to-God TRUTH about how I feel about podcasting, and my personal experience creating hundreds of episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy.

And even if you haven’t considered starting a podcast, here’s why you should tune in:

The podcast industry has absolutely blown up in the past few years, and with that, so have listeners. Fifty-five percent of people in the United States listen to podcasts–that’s up 51% from 2019! 

I’m no mathematician, but I do know that’s a BIG increase in listenership, and an even BIGGER opportunity to target (and reach) your audience.

But… just because podcasts are getting a lot of traction, does that mean that it’s the right platform for you? My hope is that this episode helps you to figure that out. 

In it, I’ll break down:

  • What I absolutely love about podcasting and how it can help you to grow your online business, too
  • My top 3 takeaways from creating hundreds of episodes of Online Marketing Made Easy
  • The biggest struggles that I have had along the way, and what to consider before getting started
  • What has made the countless Bulletproof coffee-fueled nights all worth it

For those of you that have been with me for a while, you know that the Online Marketing Made Easy podcast has been a true labor of love--and for that reason, I am especially excited to share this episode with you.

Plus, just to make things extra fun, I’ve created a free quiz that you can take to get a curated Online Marketing Made Easy playlist that is specific to where you are on your entrepreneurial journey.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 25, 2022
#427: Land Your Dream Media Opportunity with Jen Gottlieb
53:37

Simple Strategies For Driving Major Traffic To Your Biz

In this episode, PR master Jen Gottlieb, teaches you how to find dream PR opportunities for your business.

Whether you’re looking to be featured in an article, get your podcast or blog featured, or land a spot as a guest on someone else’s show, pursuing PR opportunities in your business means MORE traffic to your business. Period.

Traffic to your website… your podcast… your newsletter… and so much more. 

Jen is the co-founder of the acclaimed PR company, Super Connector Media and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, CBS, Good Morning America, Goop, and more

And today, she’s giving you a step-by-step approach for landing PR opportunities that will make you jump up and down with excitement,  including:

  • How to find the perfect opportunities that align with your goals
  • How to make an irresistible pitch they can’t say “no” to
  • How to craft a story that effortlessly grabs media attention
  • What you can do TODAY to have the tools to land a PR opportunity by next week 

This episode is for you even if you’re just starting out – even if your business is still teeny tiny. 

Because your business deserves to be seen and you’re the perfect person to speak to your area of expertise. 

Factor in Jen’s expert guidance, put it all together, and you get a media feature in the making.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:29] PR is important because it gives you credibility and authority. This is a huge asset for entrepreneurs or anyone who has a story they want to share. 
  • [12:07] Getting media hits boils down to your relationships, clear messaging, timely topics, and getting clear on where you want to be featured.
  • [19:55] We don't always realize the things that already exist in our life. Take inventory on relationships and mindset. 
  • [21:24] The Top 20 Tool
    • Make four columns on a piece of paper. Put your goal on top. 
    • Left column is People. List 20 people you've ever met who have some type of media connection. 
    • Influence. Rank influential on a scale of 1-10. 
    • Help. Rank how likely they would help you on a scale of 1-10. 
    • Grand total. Sum of previous three columns. 
    • Reach out and ask the top score people. Provide value to others. 
  • [32:38] Make a top-five media hit list. These are things that are already working for people doing things similar to what you are doing.
  • [37:18] When pitching, speak to the audience. They care about what's happening now, so tie your pitch with a timely topic.
  • [38:55] Creating a winning pitch
    • 1. Have a timely news hook. 
    • 2. Pitch the value-packed topic first and yourself second. 
    • 3. Back up your claims with statistics by linking to studies. 
    • 4. Add talking points. 
    • 5. Stand for what you believe in.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 20, 2022
#426: 62% Of Top Business Executives Do This & You Should Too!
15:01

Learn To Trust Your Gut In Business

In this quick episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on one of the hardest lessons I’ve learned as an entrepreneur.

It’s not having hard conversations.

Not making revenue projections.

Not keeping a tidy to-do list or a pretty project plan.

In this episode, I’m talking about trusting your gut as an entrepreneur. Which is a tall order. We all want to trust our gut… but it’s not always that simple.

Because every day, entrepreneurs…

→ Navigate fear

→ Bear responsibility for the success – or lack of success – in our biz

→ Feel the weight of the effects that our big and small decisions make on others 

→ And, if we’re being honest, try hard not to question our own ability

Right?

“Going with your gut” can get muddled and lost between ALL we’ve got going on.

But it’s also a non-negotiable in entrepreneurship.

So after 13 years of running my own online business, I’m sharing how I’ve learned to hone this instinct and stick to my guns…

…including one big mistake I made by hushing my inner nudges and going ahead with a decision anyways. 

So give this episode a listen and let my lessons learned be your lessons learned.

Cheers to you, friend, as we learn how to slow down, listen, and trust ourselves.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:35] Should you trust your gut? 62% of top business execs let their gut lead the way and always trust it.
  • [05:25] There's a significant difference between being too picky and knowing in your gut that it's the wrong choice.
  • [07:20] Notice what your initial gut feeling is and then notice what happens next. Are you being too picky? Are you really feeling something that you need to pay attention to?
  • [10:32] After making a decision, start journaling. When doubt starts to creep back in, go back and read about why you made the decision in the first place.
  • [11:13] If you feel it in your bones and it doesn't work out as planned, it was still meant to be.
  • [13:25] Being in tune and having the ability to trust yourself puts you on a whole different level. Go with your gut!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 18, 2022
#425: Project Planning Mastery: A Step-By-Step For How To Stay Organized
32:09

Follow The Plan. Master The Project.

My team is incredible but I can be reasonable.

We’re not at 100% in everything in our business. 

But our project plans…?

They’re pretty dang bulletproof.

So in this episode, I’m walking you through the exact steps of how I create a project plan in my business from conceptualization to completion (and even what we do to make sure the next attempt of that project is 10x easier.)

I’ve laid this episode out like a step-by-step guide to project planning mastery so you can reduce overwhelm in your business and maybe, just maybe, become known as the business owner that smashes deadlines every time with room to spare.

I believe that for you, my friend!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:52] A project plan is a process to bring an idea or concept to life through planning and organization.
  • [09:43] 1. Identify the main focus of the project plan
  • [10:42] 2. Outline the project. Make categories and then break it down into each task. What tasks need to happen to complete the category?
  • [14:51] 3. Set dates. Identify the most important dates in your plan. Put all the dates in your calendar. Give each task a final due date.
  • [20:00] 4. Identify key players. If you have a team of one or more, you need to assign each task to the correct person.
  • [22:49] 5. Finalize the outline and add any details, resources, or SOPs to each task. Your project plan is almost complete. Add descriptions, additional details, and links to SOPs. 
  • [27:13] 6. Final review and check-ins. Take a moment and review your plan from top to bottom. Look at tasks, dates, assignees, and triple check everything to make sure that it's correct.
  • [29:04] 7. Make a copy.  You've done all this hard work, you might as well use it again. Create that copy before you start using it. Have a master template that you can duplicate any time you like.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 13, 2022
#424: 4 Unsexy Skills That Have Made Me A Better Entrepreneur & Leader
16:05

What I Practice Every Day For Swoon-Worthy Results

What? 

You thought entrepreneurship was all glistening social media posts and champagne toasts?

Juuuust kidding.

If you’ve started a business – full time or on the side – you KNOW there are plenty of unglamorous moments.

But in this episode, I’m sharing four very specific skills that you probably wouldn’t list on a Bumble profile…but that will definitely make you a more effective and successful entrepreneur and leader. 

Promise.

Things like the ability to leverage. Or being a proactive planner. Or how I’ve learned to be an effective communicator in my business (and what that’s looked like in different situations.) 

Sneak away for a few minutes, dive into this shortie episode, and steal the four unsexy business-making traits that I’ve developed inside my business (so you can build them into yours!)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:35] 1. Effective communication skills. In the past, I've shielded myself from negative conversations. I use the Radical Candor method to communicate when something goes wrong.
  • [06:47] 2. Your ability to leverage. When you leverage you still have a pulse on the project, you're just not doing everything. This is choosing who you want to collaborate with and letting them own it, but they're still doing regular check-ins with you.
  • [09:37] 3. Be willing to admit when you are wrong. If something's not working in your business, look inward and ask how I can change my communication style or whatever is causing the problem.
  • [11:42] 4. You have to be a proactive planner. A proactive planner is looking ahead six months or a year. How can you scale or improve the business in the next three years? Check out EOS.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 11, 2022
#423: How To Find Support In Other Female Entrepreneurs With Lori Harder
56:18

My guest on this podcast is making big – and I mean, BIG – waves in their industry.

Lori Harder is a self-love specialist, fitness model, author, and podcast host. 

And in her spare time – wink, wink – Lori has started multiple multi-million dollar businesses which include online courses, a membership, and an upcoming sparkling rosé launch.

 A girl after my own heart!

In this episode, Lori and I talk about our most embarrassing moments as entrepreneurs who have swung a thousand times…and missed 990.

But more than that, Lori is sharing the mindset tools that have contributed the most to her success throughout years of starting and growing businesses.

Including:

  • How to stay upbeat (even when things get really, really hard)
  • How to find inspiration to get creative (even when you really, really don’t feel like it)
  • How to find support among other entrepreneurs 
  • Her tips for building a massively successful business
  • What it’s been like launching a physical product and the lessons she’s learned from her latest venture

So if you’re in the mood for a little fun and a whole lot of noteworthy nuggets, join me for this special conversation with Lori Harder.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:16] Lori was getting very burnt out. She wrote a list of what she wanted her life to look like. She wanted the next thing she did to connect and collaborate with people. 
  • [15:38] Creating a community and talking about core values is the number one thing that Lori has learned. The vision is built on better collaboration and opportunity within our own community. 
  • [18:38] Lite Pink has all-female investors. 
  • [29:10] As Lori made fundraising calls, she was learning along the way. Educating around these opportunities as a way to get more of our dreams out there. We can become a part of and support the things that we are truly passionate about.
  • [33:05] To get into creation mode for something new, you need to switch what you are listening to and reading. 
  • [37:14] On challenging days, keep moving and don't think about it. Don't internalize the pressure. Free yourself up to do what you need to do.

 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 06, 2022
#422: Lessons Learned From Social Media Bullies
13:19

 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Jan 04, 2022
#421: From Court Rooms To TikTok: The Korean Vegan’s Journey Of Reinvention
55:04

Talking Life And Career Transitions Over Curry 

Like soooo many of us, Joanne Lee Molinaro hopped on to TikTok in July of 2020 as a way of coping with the isolation of quarantine.

But as fate would have it, a post of her making Korean braised potatoes for dinner (while her husband taught a piano lesson in the background) went viral and The Korean Vegan was officially on the map.

But it’s not just her red chili paste mushroom pasta or vegan kimchi cheese fries that gathers the masses and leaves them hankering for more.

My guest on today’s episode is no stranger to enduring (and leveraging) major life transitions… and she’s using her platform to share stories that challenge and inspire.

Joanne, a lawyer turned full-time creator and New York Times bestselling author, is a child to immigrant parents who at times found themselves in near-starvation situations in what is now known as North Korea. 

She shares about this among many of her other heroic tales through her social media platforms. And with over 3.5 million fans, it’s clear that her storytelling and vulnerability are what people are craving… along with her tasty chocolate chip paht cookie recipe. 

In this episode, we chat about:

  • Transitioning and pivoting in life and careers
  • The idea of reinvention and how it’s never too late in order to align with your design to create a life that lights you up
  • The power and influence of storytelling and vulnerability
  • And so much more!

Whether you find yourself in a moment of transition, you’re dreaming of making a career jump (that may or may not make sense to those around you), or you simply love a story that moves you to your core, you’re going to love my conversation with Joanne.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

[Insert transcript brief]

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 30, 2021
#420: Unlearning The Hustle Mentality (& How I Got It Wrong)
14:13

An Entrepreneur’s Permission To UnHustle 

I  L - O - V - E  new entrepreneurs.

There’s no drive or determination like the early days of starting a business…but with that comes a few habits that become hard to break.

Like taking that drive and willingness to do what it takes and forgetting that you’re running a marathon…not a sprint.

A “hustle, hustle, hustle” mentality can be the default setting for high achievers (like many entrepreneurs are.) But it’s also been the flag that successful entrepreneurs have loudly and proudly flown for the last decade.

And I made the mistake of falling into the hustle culture trap myself in the early days of my business.

So in this episode, I want to talk about the turning point when I realized hustling my days, nights, and weekends away wasn’t cutting it anymore

Plus how I undid the thoughts of what I “should be” as an entrepreneur and even the “hustle-over-everything” beliefs I brought into my business.

Whether you’re just starting out or you’re a long-timer like me, I hope this short and sweet conversation is one more reminder that your *whole* life deserves your attention. 

And that doing *all* the things isn’t always what’s best for your biz. 

So take a deep breath and click to listen. Your permission to unhustle is inside!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:29] The one thing that I would do differently in my business is that I wouldn't have hustled to get to where I am today. 
  • [04:42] The first years are the most difficult. Once you start to see traction and double down on what's working, the hustle can stop or at least slow down.
  • [06:50] What I believe now is that you can have an amazing personal life with white space and downtime as well as an amazing business.
  • [09:03] The questions we ask allow us to work smarter. It took courage to allow me to switch to a four-day workweek. My team and I put in a system and a plan. Then we got to work!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 28, 2021
#419: She Was Forced To Slow Down (And Then Her Business Grew!) With Kate Northrup Watts
45:23

Say Bye-Bye To Business Burnout 

Working less and earning more is the battle cry of online entrepreneurs everywhere.

It’s why we start our own gig in the first place, right? More cash coming in, less hours glued to a screen.

My guest on today’s episode, Kate Northrup Watts, had her life changed when she was forced to slow down and as a result, her entrepreneurial hustle came to a halt. 

But then, the unthinkable happened.

Kate experienced more growth in her business than the year before.

And she’s breaking it aaaaall down during our conversation in this episode. 

In it, Kate’s putting the kibosh on hustling your way to the top. So, if you’ve been looking for permission to do less in your business without sacrificing revenue or growth… this is it.

In this episode, Kate and I talk about:

  • Exactly how Kate slowed down, worked less, and earned more
  • How to identify how much pressure you feel (instead of convincing yourself that “it’s fine”...when it’s not)
  • How us achiever-types can begin to reframe asking for help, instead of doing all the things out of pride (GUILTY)
  • Why Kate only goes for hyper-focused offers in her biz (and why you should too)

You don’t have to burn it all on the way to the top. In fact, you won’t get to the top if you’re running at 1,000 miles an hour.

So hang up your hustle culture cleats, and listen to my less-is-more conversation with Kate Northrup Watts.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:18] Kate was an online entrepreneur, who worked whenever she wanted until she got pregnant. She suddenly had no energy and needed to sleep 14 hours a day. She was forced to dial it back.
  • [08:36] She ended up working less than she ever had and made more money than previously!
  • [11:33] Not being able to sleep and not having good digestion are signs that something is off and you may be experiencing overwhelm.
  • [14:49] Instead of trying to do everything, ask for help. Reframe in your mind how getting help makes you more available for the important stuff. 
  • [21:42] You'll have so much more time and energy when you cut some offerings and go all in on a few things only.
  • [33:53] Cyclical work is using the wisdom of nature to guide your creative processes. You may produce fewer things but what you do make will be more robust.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 23, 2021
#418: A New (& Better) Way To Look At Imposter Syndrome
15:44

Why I Don’t Think You Have Imposter Syndrome 

Stop saying you have imposter syndrome.

To which you might say, “But Amy...I do have imposter syndrome. I can’t get past this notion of ‘Who am I to start a business’ or ‘Who am I to teach on my topic?’”

Boy, do I hear you. I’ve been there a thousand times. 

But I also want to challenge you on how that mindset is most likely working against you...and I’m doing just that on this episode.

In this episode, I want to talk to you about rethinking what you’ve always labeled as imposter syndrome.

I want to lean into what might actually be a strength underneath all that fretting.

And I want to challenge you in an area that you’re probably selling yourself short. 

My friend, borrow as much courage as you need from me -- and this episode -- to put imposter syndrome to bed for good in your life and step fully into what you’ve always been called to accomplish in this world.

I believe in you with my whole heart!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 21, 2021
#417: 33 Million Downloads & 870K Social Followers: Proven Organic Reach Strategies I Love
24:10

Attraction Strategies That Keep Your Pennies In Your Pocket

Today’s episode is dedicated to all my entrepreneurs who are balling on a budget.

Whether you’re just starting out (and don’t have two nickels to rub together) or you’re a seasoned entrepreneur looking to double down on organic strategies that work, I’ve got something for you. 

In this episode, I’m teaching you my favorite and most effective strategies for boosting your organic reach.

When I say “reach”, I mean people laying eyes on your business and/or offers online. 

And when I say “organic,” I mean getting in front of those people without spending a dime. Oooooh yeah.

I’ve used these strategies to promote lead magnets, podcast episodes, and so much more during all of my 13 years in business.

A.K.A -- these strategies will grow as you do.

In this episode, I’ll take you through the “how” and the “why” behind each one, including: 

  • How to get more traffic to your website or blog (even if your website is SUPER simple)
  • How to win over Google so it puts your content in front of the right people for you
  • How to get in front of other people’s audiences to grow your own (in a way that makes you both feel great about it!)
  • Why simplifying your strategy actually helps you reach more people

You and I won’t part ways until you feel 100% confident about which organic reach strategy is best for you and the right next steps to getting it DONE. 

So click here to listen and rest easy knowing that your business can grow while your wallet takes the day off.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 16, 2021
#416: My Birthday Episode: Hard-Earned Lessons I’ve Learned This Year
18:34

How The Last 12 Months Have Changed My Mind… About A Lot

There’s leftover cake in the Porterfield kitchen, which can only mean one thing. 

We’ve had a birthday! Mine, to be specific. 

And while I wish I could treat you to poolside mai tais to celebrate, I thought, at the very least, we could have a little heart to heart to mark the occasion.

Because the last 12 months, as you know by now, have brought high highs and some low lows. 

So, in this special birthday episode, I’m taking stock of the lessons, wins, and losses of the last year...and sharing the brand new mindset I’m taking into this next one.

I can confidently say I’m another year wiser because the struggles of the last 365 days brought some profound lessons that I wouldn’t trade for the world.

And, as always, I hope that my lessons learned can make the load of life, leadership, and business a little lighter (and less lonely) for you, my friend… so let’s chat.

Listen and imagine us clinking chilled glasses on lounge chairs in the sun as you do!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Dec 14, 2021
#415: Eulogies, Sales Funnels, & What They Won’t Tell You In Business School with Donald Miller
47:25

My guest on this episode is a master at putting together an enthralling plotline. However, his narrative of choice isn’t film. It’s not even just marketing.

It’s life, and life by design. 

Donald Miller is an author, speaker, and the founder and CEO of StoryBrand -- a globally recognized branding framework used by the industry leaders like Pantene, Intel, Berkshire Hathaway, and Zaxby’s. 

In this episode, Donald joins me to discuss what’s really, really working in online marketing today. 

We talk about the specific type of practical knowledge required to propel success… and why they’re not teaching it in top 20 business schools.

But more than that, Donald and I also talk about how entrepreneurship gives us the ability to control much more than just conversion rates and content delivery.

When we direct our work, we have more freedom to decide on our setting.  Our key players. Our next chapter.

In this episode, Donald and I discuss:

  • Why people don’t buy from you when they open your sales email (and the moment when they definitely DO buy)
  • When to be in your customers’ inbox to land a sale and the foolproof way to never miss that window
  • The missing pieces of information the best and brightest entrepreneurs know (and how you can leverage them for your own success)
  • When to worry about credentials and when to forge your own path
  • How to become more enthralled in your own story than you are in others

And so much more!

Click here to listen to my conversation with Donald Miller. You’ll not only walk away with clearly defined action to take in your email marketing, but you’ll be more inspired to take a hold of the plotline your life is following -- and decide exactly how your business plays into it.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:07] A lot of the stuff we learn in business school isn't necessary to grow a business. The best kind of business education is working for a company and developing yourself to become more valuable on the open market.
  • [06:38] Personal productivity strategies include separating primary projects that are important from secondary projects. 
  • [10:37] Don's morning ritual includes reading his eulogy -- find out why!
  • [14:55] Narrative traction is when you engage in a story, because you're hoping for a certain outcome. Too many people don't engage in the outcome of their own lives.
  • [17:31] Don shares a messaging strategy that we can use right now. Create a story that points out the customer's problems (red), talk about your solutions (yellow), and describe the customer's life if they buy your product (green). Your story needs all three colors. 
  • [22:36] Marketing and building a sales funnel. A one-liner is one sentence that gets your customer engaged with your product. Your landing page invites people into a story. The third part is a lead generator like a webinar or PDF. Nurture and sales campaigns are after getting an email address. 
  • [31:05] Your main goal is to connect your customer's problem to your solution. Failing to close the deal means failing to connect their problem with your product.
Dec 09, 2021
#414: How To DIY Your Own Mastermind (& Do It Right)
17:24

Masterminds.

You hear a lot about them, but do you know what it really means to be a part of one?

Let me break it down for you.

A mastermind is a small group of entrepreneurs that keep you on track, troubleshoot with you, offer fresh insights into your business, and help you move forward.

No matter if your roadblocks are technical or maaaybe you’re stuck in your head more than anything… these people get it. They’re playing all out. And they’re here to help you move forward. 

I truly don’t think I’d be here today if it weren’t for two things...

One, investing in myself. And two, surrounding myself with people who build me up, support me, and, honestly, call me out when I need to be called out. 

So in this episode, I’m breaking down exactly how to DIY your own mastermind -- no matter what stage your business is in, with no cost required.

Because an accountability group or mastermind is right for EVERYONE.

Introverts and extroverts alike. 

Long time business owners and those still rocking the side hustle. 

Together in this episode, we’ll talk about:

  • How often to meet
  • The ideal number of people to have in your mastermind
  • What you should *definitely* include in your mastermind meetings
  • Plus the one role that holds it all together

It’s a lonely business if you’re trying to do it alone… so don’t. Give yourself the support all entrepreneurs so desperately need. You’ll thank yourself over and over again. 

So click to listen and prepare to make a few calls… your mastermind awaits!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:51] I got here by investing in my business and myself. In the beginning, I started out with a paid mastermind and always surrounded myself with people doing something similar to me who have valuable insights.
  • [08:52] There needs to be one or two people who will take the reins. Get clear on when you meet and think about how you want to structure it. I like hot seats where each person gets 10 minutes to talk, and then we give feedback. 
  • [14:06] Make a list of three to five people that you might want to include in your accountability or mastermind group. Put some feelers out in Facebook groups and find your group!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 06, 2021
#413: How To Make Every Word Count When You're Selling & Serving with Roger Love
59:06

Speak Strategically, Sell Confidently, Serve Authentically

Voice coach and speech trainer to the stars, Roger Love, joins me on this episode…

And that might have you wondering, “Amy, why on earth would you bring a voice coach on to teach entrepreneurs? This whole Nashville move is going straight to your head.

Don’t worry, friends. The day I pick up a guitar and a microphone will be the day hell freezes over.

And while Roger has honed his expertise working with the likes of Reese Witherspoon, John Mayer, Bradley Cooper, and Selena Gomez…

He’s not running through scales today. Your long-forgotten arpeggios can stay that way. 

Roger joins me on the podcast to teach you, my beautiful entrepreneurs, how to communicate more effectively on behalf of your business and command any room with your presentation skills. 

In this episode, Roger masterfully explains how entrepreneurs (AKA YOU!) can powerfully and simply shift how you speak to sell more confidently, build trust with your audience, and present yourself in a way that screams, “Hello world, you’re going to want to pay attention to this!

Imagine showing up to your next masterclass or podcast interview with the persuasion, charm, and influence of Bradley Cooper, himself.

Irresistible.

So go ahead and dive into my incredible masterclass-style interview with Roger Love. You’ll walk away from our conversation with:

  • Strategies and tips from the expert himself to feeling more confident (and true to your heart) when you’re selling
  • The reason why tone + emotion > words when it comes to getting your audience to trust you and pay attention to what you have to say (and how to use this to your strength)
  • Techniques for avoiding pesky filler words like, “Um” and “Uh” during a masterclass, Live video, or podcast

Here’s to the best and brightest version of yourself showing up in every Live you do, my friend!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:13] Roger shares why it's important to be intentional with how you communicate. We need to be able to move people emotionally! 
  • [14:14] We were born with an instrument that we either learned how to use or didn't. We can all tune up our instruments (our voice) and become great speakers.
  • [16:34] Want to become more confident? Start speaking in melody. When we speak we create melodies or the patterns that go up and down -- learn how to do this the right way. 
  • [23:50] When we get nervous our breathing gets shallow and fast. Slow down your breathing before going live. Breath in through your nose and close your lips.
  • [30:24] It's wonderful to smile, but smiling makes the corners of your mouth go wide which makes your voice sound more nasal. Smile when you're not speaking. Smile with your eyes and your voice.
  • [39:23] Make your commas and periods have longer silence. You don't have to slow down the words, you can just increase the silence. Silence is where you give your audience a chance to feel.
  • [43:47] How to avoid all the pesky filler words like um or uh. These filler words are used to avoid silence, and we already know that silence is amazing.
  • [56:05] Action Steps: Book a Facebook Live this week. Speak live on camera and practice one thing you learned today. Practice can make the techniques second-hand.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 02, 2021
#412: My Live Video Secrets For Feeling Confident & Calm (Even When You're Not)
21:23

All the greats have a routine.


Before every match, Rafael Nadal situates his socks so they’re exactly the same height, no more than 15 cm high, and the sponsor’s logo is parallel to the ground.


John Legend eats half a rotisserie chicken before every show. (Hey, whatever works!) 


Before going onstage, Game of Thrones actor Kit Harington kisses a crucifix three times, eats three Haribo gummy bears, and takes (yep) three sips of water.


Superstition or not, athletes, artists, and leaders of all walks have found unique ways to get in the zone. Helping yourself into a place where you feel confident and ready to tackle the task in front of you? I’ll cosign that, every time!


That’s why in this episode, I’m talking about the different routines that I’ve developed over the years that help me go live on video with confidence, regardless of how I feel.


Because I’ll be honest, being on video has NEVER been in my comfort zone... it still isn’t.


But after years of practice, I’ve found a few foolproof rituals to get me in the zone and help me deliver content on video that I feel really great about (even if I didn’t feel like pressing the GO LIVE button.)


But here’s the kicker! Not all live video is created equally.
So in this episode, I’m sharing what I do before Facebook Lives, live Q&As, and my masterclasses to prepare for the unique pressures of different styles of live video.


You’ll walk away with specific examples and inspiration for your own pre-video routines so you can show up more readily for your audience, feel more confident, and hit your live-video stride much sooner.


You can leverage live video in your business, even if the idea makes you break out in hives. You owe it to your audience to share what you have for them...and after you’ve gone live a time or two, I think you’ll realize this whole live video thing isn’t as scary as we make it out to be.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:38] You need an easy setup. Keep your equipment and location simple.
  • [05:58] It's a lot easier when you do your video consistently. Doing video on a regular basis can make it become just a part of how you do business. 
  • [07:22] Create your own routine! I have three routines for three different types of videos. 
  • [17:52] Here are 3 steps you can use to create confidence on video! 1. Set things up, like your location and equipment, so video is easy. 2. Identify the types of videos you are going to do and create a routine for each of them. 3. Do video more often so it's not a novelty -- I suggest at least once a week.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not follwing, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Nov 30, 2021
#411: A Day-by-Day Sneak Peek Into My Work Week
57:01

My Day-To-Day Life As An 8-Figure Online Business Owner

Three years ago, I shared an episode chronicling a “week in the life” with me, both professionally and personally.

And since then, just about everything has changed.

The size of my team… what I’m focusing on… my big, risky goals… what I sell in my business… even my address looks wildly different.  

Well, for me, learning how other entrepreneurs and mentors plan, prioritize, execute, and live day-to-day life has significantly influenced and inspired how I set up my own week. 

And I thought, heck! You might be curious to know how I schedule and prioritize my days, and how exactly I navigate through sooo many action items in a continuously growing business. (So you can do the same!)

So, I decided to do it again. To record an episode that’s fully transparent with you about what a week looks like three years further into my business. 

In this episode, I’m doing a morning and evening check-in Sunday through Thursday night so you can ride shotgun with me through all the lessons learned, the hard stuff, and the victories, too. 

I’m sharing what I'm working on and what I'm focused on right now, including a lot of behind the scenes, action items, insights, and the small moments that make up my week.

It’s going to be personal… including the good, the bad, and the ugly.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 24, 2021
#410: What Happens When A Launch Doesn’t Go As Planned
14:23

From elementary school days and color-coordinated folders …

To my corporate days and making a name for myself as the girl with the checklists, the one you could depend on to know exactly what comes next…

I’ve always been a girl with a plan.

But I’ve learned, much to my dismay, that even when you have an airtight plan… things don’t always turn out the way you’d hoped.
Especially in business. Especially when that business is your business. 

So today, I want to talk about how to handle launches… promotions… or just moments in your business that don’t shake out according to plan. (From a girl who’s seen her fair share!) 
I’ll be sharing a moment from my own business that I won’t call a failure… but I definitely wouldn’t call a success.

It was a particular launch that I had sky-high hopes for (and a project plan that would make Clea and Joanna from Home Edit proud, proud, proud.)

But it still. didn’t. work. Not like I’d expected it to, at least.

I’m talking about the feelings, hindsight realizations, and, of course, the lessons learned from this (and many) failures (a.k.a unmet expectations) inside my business.

Plus, you know I have a word of encouragement and a little tough love for you, dear online entrepreneur, for those days where things don’t go exactly to plan in YOUR business.

Spoiler alert… your business isn’t defined by those moments. In fact, your business is *made* in those moments.

  • Here’s a glance at this episode...
    [0:54] I have discovered that I have an all or nothing mentality, and friend, it doesn’t serve me!
    [6:01] I want to start looking at things where I’m going to do my best and enjoy the journey, not just focusing on accomplishing things. It’s my new mission to enjoy the process, not the outcome.
    [7:39] Imagine adopting a mindset where you’re going to do the best you can, and just showing up and going through the process is just as important as the goal that you set. 
    [11:02] Not hitting your number or your goal isn’t a failure. Remember that we make our own goals, and we are in it for the long haul. We are on this journey together.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already,  follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Nov 22, 2021
#409: From Social Posts To Weekly Content: Create Your 3-Month Content Calendar Step-By-Step
28:27

Content creation dread is about to become a thing of the past!

Because in this workshop-style episode, I’m laying out exactly how to put together 3 months worth of content in just a few hours. 

Yep! An entire business quarter worth of digital content  -- from free weekly content to social media posts to holiday and promotional pieces -- strategized, laid out, and ready to schedule in just a handful of hours.

In this episode, we’ll be diving deep into content creation strategy together, covering topics like:

  • How to identify big topics that will leave your audience clamoring for more
  • How big promotions should factor into your content plans
  • How to leverage holidays and themes to communicate well with your perfect audience
  • How to incorporate a “set-it-and-forget-it” rhythm into your content creation routine
  • And so much more

Book half a day on your calendar and get ready to master creating content -- that’s all you’ll need!

You’ll knock out an entire business quarter’s worth of content and I’ll walk you through exactly how in today’s episode. 

Plus, I’ve put together a free three-month content calendar so you can simply plug in your dates and content and find yourself with a high-converting content calendar to replicate time after time. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:28] Content is the original content that you create every week with your message and your ideas. It can be in the form of a podcast, blog, video show, or live social content. 
  • [04:38] Identify ideas that your ideal community wants to learn or know about. Brainstorm a list of ideas and write them down. What excites them? What makes you their solution? What crosses the invisible bridge?
  • [10:25] You can use holidays and themes to guide your content and come up with topic ideas. You can even use hashtag holidays like national donut day.
  • [11:25] Set a timer for 20 minutes and head back into your weekly content. What resonated with lots of comments and what was shared? Choose a topic or two that you can expand on or shed new light on.
  • [13:21] Start to fill out your calendar. This should only take 30 to 45 minutes. Put in dates for the upcoming 3 months. Fill out your important dates such as promotions, themes, holidays, etc. and then continue to fill it out week-by-week.
  • [21:08] When it comes to social posts, decide where you're going to share. Try to post daily or three to five times a week with specific content pillars. 
  • [25:44] Action step: Grab the free 3-month content calendar and start filling it out!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Nov 18, 2021
#408: Burnout, Slowing Down, & How To Get Your Motivation Back
12:56

What To Do When You Just Don’t Want To Work

It’s the calling card of entrepreneurship.

Total flexibility. Time freedom. The ability to make your schedule and change your schedule.

But in this episode, I want to talk about something a little less… organized.

A little less concrete and more, well, reactive.

If I’m being perfectly honest, there are times in my business that I just don’t want to work.

There, I said it! And this is coming from a girl who completely adores my business, the work I get to do, and the people I work with. 

But the best way I can explain this feeling is simply, “I just don’t want to do anything.” 

I want to unplug from everything except The Real Housewives. I want to wipe my calendar clean. And I want to curl up with Scout and watch a few TikToks.

10 years ago, this thought would trigger instant guilt or shame. “There’s so much work to be done!” 

You’re the boss, Amy! Set an example, keep your word, don’t inconvenience others.”

And so in the past, I’d ignore this feeling… pushing through and showing up to my day with a quarter of a tank.

Dear friends, as entrepreneurs, when we’re living for the weekends (or dreading Mondays) we’re doing it wrong

(And my 9-5ers, I know your situation is different. I have a word of advice in this episode for you, too!)

It’s important for you to be able to stop and not do anything. 

Because these feelings of not wanting to do anything are often screaming signs of burnout. 

Sometimes, you need to make time to not do anything. Even if it’s the middle of the week. You hear me? 

Flexibility is the beauty of being an entrepreneur and running your own business -- lean in. And if you’re wondering how, this one’s for you. 

In this episode, I’m sharing what I do now with feelings of resistance instead of freaking out and falling into a shame spiral.

Including:

  • What I do to my schedule
  • How I know what to push and what not to
  • How I find time to really slow down
  • How to not judge yourself when you finally do take that time off
  • And the pep talk you probably need to hear right now

When you’re the boss, you get to decide what it means to be the boss. And that means trusting yourself and your capability to prioritize and make space so that you can show back up as a better partner, leader, friend, and entrepreneur. 

More patient. More present. More impact. 

So go ahead, my dear entrepreneur. Click to listen and then do it… take the days off. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:04] When you are your own boss, and you are calling the shots. Take some time for yourself when you get to that point of burnout. You don't always have to be on.
  • [09:38] The beauty of being an entrepreneur is that you can take time to wind down or do nothing. Being your own boss is a lot of responsibility and a lot of work. There are times when you just need to slow down and recharge.
  • [10:05] Another thing that has helped me not reach burnout is my 4 day work week. We all love the extra time and feel more relaxed and focused during our work week.
  • [11:53] You have permission to take more than a weekend off. You deserve it! After all, you are the boss!

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 16, 2021
#407: Now & Then In Marriage And Business With Hobie Porterfield
39:31

Where Life, Love, and List Building Meet

Choosing to start your own business can be one of the wildest, most beautiful, and sometimes scariest decisions you’ll ever make.

But what about the people who share the kitchen that you now call an office?

Those peeking in on you at 4am before you head into the office with a hot cup of tea and a kiss on the head?

Those who listen intently, attempt to encourage and celebrate each tiny win wildly (even if they don’t totally understand what you’re talking about)

Entrepreneurship doesn’t just affect the entrepreneur -- for better or for worse. It also influences the lives of those closest to you. 

In my own marriage, I can attest to how becoming an entrepreneur has both challenged and strengthened my relationship with Hobie.

We often talk about the now and then and how our relationship has changed, how I’ve grown, and how entrepreneurship has really affected our lives.

And in this episode, I’d love to invite you into the conversation.

I’m sitting down with my favorite guest ever, Hobie, to discuss what’s changed in our marriage thanks to my business, and how you can protect, support, and grow your relationships as you build the business that frees you up to enjoy them.

We talk about...

  • Where I struggled and the number one roadblock Hobie saw me come up against in the early days 
  • What was the hardest part for Hobie as the spouse of someone starting an online business
  • Finances in our early days versus now, how we began to lean on one salary more than the other, and the challenges that came with that
  • Plus, a pep talk from Hobie to you

I hope this episode gives you the tools and encouragement to tackle the tricky parts head-on with the people you love the very most.

(Because none of it matters without them, right?)

Here’s a glance at this episode...

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 11, 2021
#406: The Great Facebook Outage Of 2021: What If Social Media Disappeared Tomorrow
13:45

What Should Come First: Your Email List Or Digital Course?

Remember “The Great Social Media Crash of October 2021”? 

You know...people totally freaked out and Twitter had its best day in years?

Well, it didn’t disrupt my business one bit.

In fact, that day I sent an email to a segmented group on my email list about a product that I thought would be really valuable to them.

And within a day, I made $17,000 from that one email.

I tell you all this because when you have an email list, you’re in control of your business and how you reach your audience. 

I sent one email, made 17k on a day when many, many people lost money.

I don't know about you, but I don't want to give anyone else power over my revenue like that.

Not only does email marketing produce 174% more conversions than social media, according to Campaign Monitor...

...but an email list is the only business asset proven to yield an average of $44 for every $1 spent.

A 440% ROI? I rest my case.

And with all this hard data, I still see entrepreneurs struggling to prioritize and grow their email list. 

And in this episode, I’m revealing why I find that is (and exactly how you can avoid finding yourself in a similar rut.)

So listen and prepare to plant yourself squarely back in the driver's seat of your biz and email list. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [1:28] My number one obstacle when selling Digital Course Academy is people not having an email list, or people saying they don't have an audience. 
  • [2:17] If you're not focusing on your list, all the strategies in the world won't help. You can't build your business on rented land or social media.
  • [4:06] Your email list is the number one most important asset in your business. It will convert 4 times higher than any social media post.
  • [5:03] Here’s what’s missing: Are you connecting and aligning your email list with your dreams and goals for your business? 
  • [7:14] Everything you want in your business and everything you dream of would be easier and faster if you had an engaged email list.
  • [10:21] Let your business be easy! It doesn't happen to be hard. Focus on a list that will make your business easy and align with your dreams and goals.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 09, 2021
#405: Overcome Overwhelm & Secrets To Being Your Own PR Rep with Susie Moore
51:18

Stop Stressing And Start Living

Have you ever seen a bright and up-and-coming entrepreneur featured in your dream publication...and felt that tight knot of envy form in your stomach?

Well, bid that feeling farewell, my friend.

Because in this episode, the brilliant Susie Moore is showing you how to pack the “Featured In” portion of your website with major names and publications (without paying expensive PR fees.)

Susie has landed herself in over 300 media publications including Oprah, Marie Claire, Forbes, and The Today Show. 

So, to say she knows a thing or two about getting exposure would be a massive understatement.

Susie has secured herself these features on her own behalf and in this episode, she’s revealing the strategies and techniques that landed her on Oprah (OPRAH!) for you to replicate. 

And while Susie is known for landing big PR opportunities, more than anything, she’s passionate about helping entrepreneurs find ease in the big and small things and move past discomfort when faced with big decisions, opportunities, or hold ups.

Taking risks and playing big requires discomfort and in this episode, Susie is sharing the strategies necessary to engage your mind through it all and take the stress out of the imaginary. 

So if gaining more exposure for your online business is one of your big, audacious goals for 2022 -- or you’re simply looking for a liiiitle more courage to make and tackle a few big audacious goals -- this episode is a MAJOR can’t-miss.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:41] Susie is obsessed with helping people become more confident in an authentic, easy way. 
  • [08:24] Overwhelm can often be a stress response to things going right. Give yourself permission to pause and understand what's happening. A slight shift in how we see things always helps. 
  • [13:52] We need to employ our mind consciously -- so much of our stress is imaginary. Quit asking what ifs and let it be easy. 
  • [22:49] A Get To Do list changes everything. Be thankful for what you have instead of being burdened by responsibilities that come with it. 
  • [31:37] Confidence is a willingness to feel uncomfortable. There has to be some type of trust there -- be willing to say yes and be willing to be rejected. 
  • [41:41] When presenting yourself to the media ask: Who's interested? What can I tell these people? Share why you can tell the information? Share why now?
  • [44:28] Susie loved cracking the code for her new book, Let It Be Easy.  The book contains real practical ways that you can apply to areas where your life may feel hard.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 04, 2021
#404: Why We Avoid Things In Our Business (& What To Do About It)
14:31

Kick Procrastination To The Curb And Make Peace With Your To-Do List 

You know those tasks in your business that feel like a reward?

For me, it’s meeting with my leadership team or creatively strategizing for opportunities and projects we have coming down the line.

Mmm-mmm. Pack my calendar with those tasks any day!

But then there are some tasks that I see in Asana...and I would rather file taxes than tackle those during my day.

So what ends up happening?

I push those tasks off and off...and they linger and linger.  

You too? 

Well in this episode, we’re examining the things we don’t want to do in our business and why we don’t want to do them. 

While the beauty of being an entrepreneur is that you don’t have to do stuff you don’t want to do, it benefits you (and your business!) to examine WHY you avoid things or feel resistance around them. 

So in this episode, I’ll be covering:

  • How to examine whether your procrastination has to do with your insecurities.  *gulp*
  • Things you can do to help get clear on whether that feeling of dread is something that’s truly serving you (which can be the case!) or if it’s getting in the way. 
  • A simple challenge you can try out this week to assess resistance you’re feeling in your business and begin to grow the entrepreneurial muscles necessary to overcome them. 

Plus, I’ll give you examples of dread that I experience in my own business and how I overcome them without white-knuckling and wearing myself out. 

So grab your headphones, set your task list aside for the moment, and let’s tackle this together. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:08] Is the outcome of this task going to outweigh the feeling of uncertainty of doing it?
  • [05:20] Are you dreading something because you feel insecure or is it genuinely not your thing? 
  • [07:33] Check in with yourself after you've done the thing. Pay attention to how you feel afterwards. Pay attention to your audience. Did they love it?
  • [11:14] Change the sentence from “I have to record a podcast” to “I get to record a podcast.” Pay attention to what's coming up for you and learn where the resistance is coming from.
  • [12:37] Take the next step to notice where your dread or resistance is coming from and then ask why it's coming up for you.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 02, 2021
#403: 5 Tips To Kiss Tech Overwhelm Goodbye
39:32

It’s important for you to know how the technology in your business works.

And if you told me that 13 years ago, I might have just abandoned ship on the whole thing. 

Lifestyle, financial, and time freedom...on the other side of learning and dealing with software?

Not sure it’s worth it. 

But after 13 years of tech trial, errors, and tragedy...I have some good news.

You don’t have to be an expert at the tech in your business. And you don’t need to know everything.

But choosing a few systems to use in your business and understanding how they work holistically will allow you to show up 10x more confident in your business.

And in this episode, I’m helping you do exactly that.

I’m spelling out five tips for overcoming tech overwhelm that I’ve learned over the last 13 years that save the day every time.

If you are technologically faint of heart…

...or could just use a little confidence boost when it comes to choosing and using the software necessary to run an online business), I recorded this episode with you in mind. 

I’m sharing some pretty entertaining tech flops, as well as a very tiny guest appearance from my CMO, Cho Cho! You’re in for a treat. 

Also, be sure to head to my show notes to grab the freebie that goes along with this episode... and never worry about going live ever again!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:22] Tech Tip #1: Spend a little time researching what platforms you want to use. Ask for recommendations, research and then make a decision. 
  • [09:40] Tech Tip #2: Find the tech you are going to use and stick with it. No platform is perfect -- if you keep flip-flopping, you'll never master it.
  • [19:33] Tech Tip #3: Don't be super fancy. Go for the basic option when you're first starting out.
  • [23:01]Tech Tip #4: If you have a little extra money to spare, contract it out. If you hire someone to set up your tech, take some time to have them teach you how to use it.
  • [31:25] Tech Tip #5: Shift your mindset. Watch what you're saying to yourself. Negative self-talk does not serve you -- even if it's challenging, say to yourself that you will figure it out.
  • [34:09] Have a plan B. Make sure you know what to do if something goes wrong. Having a back-up plan takes a little bit of time and work, but if you have one you can avoid a lot of problems.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, Follow to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

Oct 28, 2021
#402: The Innovative Strategy For Avoiding Burnout With Jonathan Fields
59:17

How Entrepreneurs Do The Work That Drives Them

How’s your breathing today? 

Deep and restorative? (Or did that question just prompt your first deep inhale of the day?)

And your shoulders?

High and tight OR relaxed, breezy, and unburdened by the weight of the world? 

(I bet I can guess.) 

The unfortunate reality is that “business as usual” can leave entrepreneurs anatomically all shook up.

And I hate it. 

The very reasons we leave the 9-5 grind…

...more flexibility, more control over our time, more room to be creative and do the work we love…

...becomes buried by the demands of being a 1-man or 1-woman show. 

This means the entrepreneur’s archnemesis BURNOUT lurks right around the corner.

But, not for you. Not today.

Because in this episode, we’re adding tools to your tool belt to help you nip that entrepreneurial threat in the bud. 

I’m so excited to share my fascinating conversation with the brilliant Jonathan Fields with you!

Jonathan hosts the popular podcast called The Good Life Project and serves as the founder & CEO of Spark Endeavors -- a company that helps people and organizations discover the work that truly drives them. 

But today, specifically, I’m excited to chat about a concept that Jonathan created called Sparketype. 

This innovative strategy will help you discover your unique imprint for doing work that lights you up, understand how to use your energy in different areas of your life, and better avoid burnout.

And the coolest part? This unique approach draws upon years of research and more than 25 million data points. 

By the end of today’s episode, you’ll have a clearer picture of what a Sparketype is, how you can use this information in your life to avoid uninspired work and burnout, and start experiencing more meaningful work, excitement, and joy in your life. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:09] Burnout is caused by our work not being a true expression of how we feel. 
  • [12:55] Burnout is different from anxiety, it's a feeling of profound depletion.
  • [15:40] A sense of discontent and not feeling like you have meaning in life can be a sign of misalignment. Our work can be a huge part or a missed opportunity of getting meaning.
  • [26:24] Through a lot of research, Jonathan was able to distill these impulses down to 10 archetypes or what he calls Sparketypes.
  • [27:56] The Primary Sparketypes are the ones that really make you feel alive. Shadow Sparketypes are your next strongest impulses. The Anti-Sparketype is work that you have to do. 
  • [51:48] Understanding your Sparketypes gives you really good insight into your decision-making process. You also start to feel seen -- it reflects back to you a deeper truth about who you are.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 25, 2021
#401: Live Video: Acting Natural & Going Off The Cuff With E! News Celebrities Jason Kennedy & Giuliana Rancic
01:02:29

Go Live On Video With The Confidence Of A Pro

Nothing like the words “live video” to make you break out in a sweat.

I’m talking about the kind of nerves you haven’t experienced since your 8th grade “Under the Sea” dance.

Let’s keep it real, live video is intimidating...especially when you’re just getting started. 

Over the years, I’ve stumbled over words, lost my train of thought, and said the wrong thing at the wrong time more often than I can count.

When it comes to live video? You’ve gotta roll with the punches and get on with the show, my friend.

But what if a mess up happens in front of, oh I don’t know...Rihanna?

Or Elton John...Kim Kardashian...or Adam Lavigne?

My guests on this episode know a thing or two about high stakes on live video.

They’ve become experts in their field at acting natural, going off the cuff, and navigating live video faux pas. 

These EXTRA! special guests are hands down the best in the biz.

Did you guess it?!

I’m sitting down with Jason Kennedy and Giuliana Rancic who you may know from their years and years on E! News. 

Pinch me!

But what you may not know about Jason and Giuliana is that, aside from being experts in front of the camera, they’re also entrepreneurs who have a digital course! 

In this interview, the three of us discuss:

  • The best piece of advice they’ve ever received in their career
  • How to keep things under control when you veer away from the plan
  • How to go off the cuff without getting worked up
  • How to be engaging and ways to show up more naturally on video
  • And my personal favorite, stories about a time when they were most nervous in front of the camera. 

If going live on video is something you currently do inside of your biz -- or you know you need to do more of -- this episode is a can’t miss!

Click to listen and learn from the pros (I know I did!) 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [01:14] Being on video is a big part of being a digital course creator and a big part of being an online entrepreneur. That doesn't mean it's easy or comfortable. It takes skill and practice, and I have experts Giuliana Rancic and Jason Kennedy here to talk about that.
  • [14:08] When it comes to live video, the more prepared you are the more comfortable you will be. Rehearse and practice!
  • [19:35] Secret tip: Tilt your face, don't just move your eyes when reading a teleprompter! Make subtle movements to the left and right while keeping your eyes forward. 
  • [28:56] One of the most common video mistakes is not acting natural and being yourself. Find what makes you feel comfortable and go with that.
  • [36:54] We learn why you need to be authentic, don't rehearse jokes, and be careful with the level of spray tan you get. 
  • [46:51] Jason's best advice ever received is to not be so hard on himself. Embrace your flaws, traits, gifts, and talents. 
  • [49:13] Giuliana says there are no shortcuts. She realized her dreams because she was a hard worker and was willing to do the work.
  • [59:55] Action steps: Put one of the things you learned today into practice.

 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 21, 2021
#400: My Favorite Books & A 400th Episode Giveaway
29:58

The books that built my business -- library card not required.

This episode is a celebration for bookworms and those who consider themselves “podcast people” alike. 

I wouldn’t say I’m a bookworm by any stretch of the imagination. (More of an audiobook and podcast girl, myself.)

But I DO know that books have played a major role in the growth of my business...not to mention my growth as an entrepreneur and, well, person. 

And to celebrate this special 400th episode of Online Marketing Made Easy, I’m sharing the top 12 books that have fundamentally shaped how I’ve grown my business, taken care of my mental well-being, and given myself a break from the everyday hustle. 

If you’ve ever wondered, “What books should I be reading as an entrepreneur?” I'm sharing why these books are at the top of my list. 

Including topics, like:

  • Business systems that free up your time to work in your genius zone (or log off early, lace up your sneakers, and hit the trails...whatever the day calls for)
  • Why fear feels so lonely
  • How one of America’s richest self-made women deals with setbacks (and A LOT of them)
  • My most recent exploration: how to achieve more by doing less *praise hands*
  • Saying no to opportunities because of the fear of being in front of people
  • A little something special for my fellow Enneagram 2’s  ;) 
  • How to know if you should keep pushing for something you believe in or keep working towards becoming your own boss or starting your own business
  • The single book that got me to a place where I was finally hitting my goals...and struggling less along the way to achieving those goals

If any of the above made you said, “Gimme that book rec, Amy!”, dive on in, my friend. 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 14, 2021
#399: A Science-Backed Habit For Anxious Entrepreneurs with Mel Robbins
52:33

Is It Time To Trade In Our Daily Affirmations?

While this episode might not exactly feel like snuggling into a Barefoot Dreams blanket with a hot cup of chai…

...you, my friend, are still in for a feel-good episode….technically speaking. ;) 

Today, I’m sitting down with the leading voice in the personal development and transformational space, Mel Robbins, to talk about anxiety and entrepreneurship.

And we’re getting real. Like, super real. 

If you’ve been around for a while, you know I’m very open about my longtime battle with anxiety and depression -- and I found a kindred spirit in Mel.

YES, Mel’s considered a thought-leader in the personal development industry. 

YES, she’s an international bestselling author, TedX talk celebrity, and creator of the wildly popular “five second rule.” 

But what you might not know about this larger-than-life figure is that Mel lived with anxiety, panic attacks, and untreated childhood trauma for 35 years. 

Mel’s unique vantage point of battling some major mental hurdles while working hard to build a successful business is something any entrepreneur who struggles with anxiety or depression can relate to. 

(Myself included.)

And it’s from that place that she’s sitting down with me today to share some of the most powerful, science backed techniques that you and I, dear listener, can use in our personal and professional life to find our grounding and nip self-doubt in the bud, including:

  • One habit more powerful than all your other habits
  • Why positive self talk is a bunch of bologna (and the science that agrees)
  • Why mantras don’t work alone

PLUS one piece of homework for you that will turn an anxious day around (and won’t take you more than 30 seconds.) 

To the entrepreneur struggling with anxious thoughts, I hope this episode encourages you, equips you, and makes you feel WAY less alone.

Be kind to yourself...you’re doing hard and brave things.

And know that I’m cheering you on every step of the way!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:14] Mel’s on a mission to save everyone else the heartache and headaches that she caused herself for 40 plus years. 
  • [07:43] Through our own actions and attitudes we can have a positive impact on any problem or obstacle we face. We have the ability to figure it out. 
  • [11:37] When you feel overwhelmed and hit a wall, there's a moment when you feel like giving up. Raise your hand and high-five yourself. It's neurologically impossible to criticize yourself when you are high-fiving yourself -- it actually creates positive programming in your brain.
  • [22:47] Empower, support, and embrace yourself throughout the day. Having habits that celebrate you will increase your success. Set an intention and seal it with a high-five as you begin each day.
  • [39:06] Mel shares how her first three courses were a flop. If you want to be an entrepreneur, you have to put stuff out there. You won't know what is going to work until you get feedback. 
  • [47:30] The High 5 Challenge is an attempt for Mel to get 5 million people to wake up 5 days in a row and start their day with a high five in the mirror. 
  • [51:37] Action steps: Go to the mirror and give yourself a high-five and share it on Instagram and tag Amy and Mel. Sign up for the challenge and buy the book.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 07, 2021
#398: The Uphill Battle Of Being Your Own Boss & How To Keep Moving Forward
40:00

How To Be The Boss During Big Life Changes

“Where you are in your journey, I hope you, too, will keep encountering challenges. It is a blessing to be able to survive them, to be able to keep putting one foot in front of the other -- to be in a position to make the climb up life’s mountain, knowing that the summit still lies ahead. And every experience… is a valuable teacher.” - Oprah Winfrey

On January 1, 2021, I woke up in a new state.

Literally...and mentally, to be honest.

The first six months of 2021 were some of the most challenging months I’ve ever had...and hardly anyone knew.  

I experienced three major life changes back to back, and even though some of those changes were really good...change is still change. 

It knocked the wind out of me and struggled to find my footing.

When it rained, it poured and I was caught with no umbrella...totally exposed. 

Gene-Kelly wasn’t coming to save me.

NOBODY was singing in this rain.

And in this episode, I’m peeling back the curtain and letting you in on these three biiiig changes because I know I’m not unique in this feeling. 

Sharing these raw stories with you isn’t always easy for me, but I think it’s important.

Entrepreneurs, we’re human too.

So here it is.

Your permission to be totally...messily...freely human.

To take up as much space with your process as you need to.

To work through hard things as quickly as you’re able, but as slowly as you need.

And now that I’m 6 months into the year and juuuust about on the other side of my storm, I want to share with you the habits and thought patterns that have made a world of a difference to me as I, an entrepreneur, took on...well, life. 

My friend, if you’ve ever felt like a fraud as a leader or doubted your ability to make an impact because you’re struggling with life circumstances...I recorded every minute of this episode with you in mind.

Click to listen and know that I’m cheering you on every step of the way.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:22] Because of my depression, I reverted back to old behaviors and started to eat to calm myself. It affected my work and personal life. I love change, but this one was bigger than I had planned. 
  • [13:22] Having anxiety and depression has helped me to better understand my students who struggle with mental illness. It has allowed me to have more compassion and understand how hard it can be to run a business and get through these things. It's not easy, but I believe it can be done.
  • [21:21] Thoughts create feelings, feelings create actions, and actions create results. I know when I have a certain feeling, it comes from a thought. I'm now focused on moving forward and dealing with my thoughts and feelings in a more positive way.
  • [23:03] If you're dealing with reverting to old habits or struggling with feeling confident in any which way, I know what that feels like. You need to be seen and heard and set an example for those in your audience who also may be struggling with the same insecurities.
  • [26:37] I got a book deal. When I got the deal, things became weird. My head was full of doubt. Before this, I spent four months writing my proposal, and I felt like I was in the flow. After the deal, my progress stalled. I was on the hook and suddenly felt like nothing was good enough.
  • [33:29] When we're more aware of self-sabotage or impostor syndrome, we have a better ability to stop it. Enjoy the good things that come into your life. You deserve them.
  • [34:58] Think of what you've struggled with and then say, "this is normal." We all have our struggles. We can all be empowered and take away the judgment and accept that challenges happen. Keep moving forward and do the next right thing.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 30, 2021
#397: {Live Workshop} Stop Living Scared, & Start Living Fully With Bevin Farrand
01:00:19

How One Woman Turned Her Personal Tragedy Into A Digital Course With A Mission For Good

My student, Bevin Farrand, is setting us ALL straight when it comes to the trips we’re not taking…

...the risks we’ve been avoiding...

...and the life we’re not living. 

You see, after unexpectedly losing her husband and the love of her life, Bevin decided it was time to stop living on the sidelines of her life. 

And she used her own life experience to create a framework that helps hundreds of others exit the sidelines, get in life’s game, and do the damn thing -- whatever that “damn thing” is to them.

Which is how Bevin’s course, Take The Damn Trip, was born. 

(How AMAZING is that course name, by the way?)

In this episode, Bevin is hosting a LIVE workshop for you -- my OMME listener -- that will help you discover your “why”, your “yes”, and how to start living boldly

She’ll also be sharing how she came up with her course idea and what she tweaked to make her same course convert at an even higher rate.

This is one of those episodes where you’ll not only walk away with a notebook full of practical steps for taking your digital course to the next level…

...but with a fire in your belly for all that life has to offer you.

Don’t wait one more minute to start living fully!

The doors to Digital Course Academy are officially open. If you're ready to take the leap and join me on this course creation journey, click the here!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:53] Bevin's husband surprised her with a whirlwind trip to France. He passed away five days later. Bevin's life was flipped upside down. 
  • [09:41] She reflected on what she has done differently, and she came up with the DAMN framework. She is all about saying the thing and doing the thing. 
  • [14:11] Bevin explains how she transitioned to focusing on her DAMN framework but was resistant to niching down. Fast forward, niching down has made her over $47,000. 
  • [21:21] The DAMN framework consists of Decide & Declare. A is Attend Your Own Party. M is Moments Not Missed. N is Now is the Time. 
  • [31:20] With the D, we need to get clear on our why and our yes! Knowing your why makes hard times easier. For your yes, ask what you can talk about all day. Why do you want it?
  • [52:04] We never know what's going to happen, so do the thing you want to do. This isn’t a reason to live scared, but instead to live fully!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 23, 2021
#396: Behind-The-Scenes Launch Bloopers From My 13 Years As An Entrepreneur
21:19

Digital Course Fails From a So-Called Professional (*facepalm*)

Aaaah, bloopers.

I love a good blooper in any form -- from America’s Funniest Home Videos to a Kristin Wigg outtake to a “fails” reel on Instagram. 

But today the tables turn and it’s yours truly who’s in the hot seat.

*GULP*

I’ve experienced more blunders than I can count in my 13 years of online business and I’m sharing the best (or maybe worst) of them in this episode.

From blacking out… 

to being blacklisted from Zoom… 

to getting a liiiiittle tipsy on Live video… 

to welcoming students who hadn’t signed up for my course… 

to drenching my team with tequila while live on camera… 

I’ve had enough bloopers to last me a lifetime.

So I want to dedicate this episode to all of you who think that, if you’re going to create and launch a digital course, it all has to go as planned. 

Because these bloopers span from my early digital course days all the way to this year -- yep, 2021 where I, the expert, should have my you-know-what sorted out.

No matter how prepared, professional, or experienced you are -- life’s just a little messy. 

I’ve learned instead that it’s our job as entrepreneurs to try new things and get out of our comfort zones. And yes, every now and then, that means things backfire.

But in the grand scheme of things, we’re the luckiest.

We get to try -- and in the meantime, we gather stories, memories, and a lot of lessons learned. 

And at the end of the day, we’re still standing and our businesses are still okay…even if it isn’t always perfect. 

Despite these bloopers (and some of them are seriously cringe-worthy), I’ve still been able to build a massively successful business.

And you can do the same, my friend.

Also, I want to invite you to my brand new, FREE Masterclass 5 Little-Known Mistakes  *Most * Course Creators Make and What to Do Instead. Let this be your first step (that isn’t as scary as doing a launch) towards creating a successful digital course. 

You can do that by clicking here!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:49] Everything doesn't have to be perfect to have a successful launch. Learn how I sprayed everybody with sparkling water and tequila and how laughing can still bring your team together. Even when things go wrong, you're going to be okay!
  • [08:09] Here's a launch where Zoom went down right before the webinar. They had a tech glitch, and our 15 minute before the webinar email had gone out. Emails were flooding in from 1000 of subscribers, and I blacked out. But guess what, we were only five minutes late. Always have a backup plan!
  • [13:56] The reminder email goes out, and it's 15 minutes before we go live. Attendees started receiving a buyer email that said here are your login details. Even with a tech savvy team, we still had a glitch. Life goes on! Tech glitches will not break you.
  • [18:25] Try new things and get out of your comfort zone. You and your business will still be standing at the end of the day even when things don't go perfectly.
  • [00:19:53] Action step: Sign up for the {BEST MASTERCLASS EVER CREATED} 5 Little-Known Mistakes *Most* Course Creators Make (+What to Do Instead).

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 16, 2021
#395: REVEALED: Digital Course Academy Like You’ve Never Seen Before
26:02

An Exclusive Module-by-Module Sneak Peek Into My Signature Program


In all my years of podcasting, I have never done this. I’ve NEVER revealed, detail by detail, what’s inside one of my paid products for my podcast listeners...until now.


In this extra special, first-of-it’s-kind episode, I’m breaking my own rules and taking you inside my signature program, Digital Course Academy. 


I walk you through my 8-figure-producing digital course -- module by module -- and explain exactly how Digital Course Academy helps my students create and launch their profitable digital course.
I’ll be sharing the lessons, topics, modules, tech, and the mindset taught inside the program. Plus, I’m answering ALL your questions about DCA along the way. Including:

  • What is DCA?
  • Who’s right for DCA?
  • What exactly does DCA teach?
  • How long does it take to go through DCA (and when can I expect to have my course up and running?)
  • Does DCA teach me the tech required to make it all happen?
  • What kind of results do DCA students actually see after the program?

To be totally honest, I poured out my heart and soul in this episode.

 
DCA is transformative. I’ve seen it time and time again with my students...I know the power of this program. 


So I hope you enjoy this extra special insider’s view into Digital Course Academy because it’s an absolute joy to share my heart’s work with you! If you’d like a little insider’s look into what DCA is all about, for a limited time, you can get access to a sneak peek of Module 1 for FREE! Get access here!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:49] Digital Course Academy or DCA is the most comprehensive program for validating, creating, launching, and selling your digital course. It's a complete package put into seven modules that spans over a course of 10 weeks.
  • [04:52] DCA is best for someone who knows the ideal community they want to serve and has an online presence around it. They also have a skill or expertise or know how to solve a problem.
  • [09:03] You learn how to get clear on your topic, the type of course you should offer, your course name and how much to charge. As well as, how to create content and how to schedule important launch dates! You'll be set up for serious launch success!
  • [11:37] Email lists are a huge part of the course. We teach you how to set everything up and how to engage with your subscribers.  Bonus -- you also get lifetime access and all future updates. 
  • [13:25] Modules include: the seven key decisions, pre-selling and validating, outlining your course, sales page blueprint, creating a profitable webinar, crafting email sequences, and recording your course.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 09, 2021
#394: How To Overcome Feelings Of Unworthiness & Create Entrepreneurial Freedom
23:23

3 Entrepreneurs Kicked Imposter Syndrome To The Curb (And You Can Too)

I LOVE working with aspiring entrepreneurs...the ones still kicking it in the cubicle.

The ones with notepads full of to-do lists and moments of inspiration scribbled down between meetings then stuffed into desk drawers.

The ones juuuust starting out and who have a million and one questions. 

And because I’ve worked with so many for so long...I recognize the questions that throw the brakes on for many, many aspiring entrepreneurs.

That’s right…

…there are questions that each and every aspiring entrepreneur asks that has the potential to put those big dreams on ice and keep your passionate, creative, capable, world-changing toosh in an office chair, working for someone else for waaaay too long.

Questions like…

  • “Who am I to teach something to others?"
  • "Who would pay for what I have to offer?"
  • "Who would want to hear what I have to say?”

(Questions like this are why I do everything that I do.)

Because these questions creep up on every single person who has ever tried something new.

Which means that if every inventor, teacher, business owner, creator, or artist in history believed the voices that told them...

“You knew it -- that seat’s taken. Don’t embarrass yourself, there’s no room for you.”

...then this world would be totally robbed of the bright, vibrant, diverse, and awe-inspiring gifts shared throughout history. 

Which means there’s a place for you and your gifts at the table. 

The world needs what you have to offer, my friend.

And so in this episode, I want to help you push through that self doubt to make big decisions, take big risks, and go to bat for the dreams that you know are possible. 

In fact, I invited 3 successful online entrepreneurs to share exactly how they worked through self doubt and imposter syndrome as they created a business and life that they really, truly love.

And, of course, I share a few behind-the-scenes stories from my own business...because there’s not a single entrepreneur in history who doesn’t battle with imposter syndrome and self doubt on the reg. 

Oh yeah...12 years later? It’s still a struggle. But it does get better.

Self doubt doesn’t have to hold you back from living the big dreams that you have for yourself. 

In fact, sometimes it’s the voice in your head saying, “You can’t” that allows you to say, sometimes for the first time, “Actually, I think I can.”

There’s unspeakable power in that small but mighty statement, my friends. With just those few words, you become unstoppable. 

So settle in, get quiet, and let’s talk about how to flip the script on that -- very normal, very scary, but very much in your control -- voice in your head.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:53] Amel Derragui generated $23,000 in revenue on her first launch. 
  • [06:29] She overcame her feelings of unworthiness by leaning on and embracing support. She doesn't think imposter syndrome ever goes away for good, listen to hear how she handles it these days. 
  • [08:48] Rob Green generated $12,000 during the launch of his flash photography digital course. He's now on track to generate over $100,000 in his first year.
  • [09:43] He had self-doubt, but he learned that action is the antidote to fear. When fears crept up, he would focus on taking the next step.
  • [16:07] Masha Goins always dreamt of being an entrepreneur. She struggled with feelings of unworthiness, but went from dreaming to making $38,000 from her digital course in a short time.
  • [17:23] She knew she was destined to be an entrepreneur, but she worried that she was creating a business in an oversaturated market. When feelings of unworthiness show up, she would consume less and create more!
  • [21:33] Action steps: Lean into a supportive community. Action is the antidote for fear. Consume less and create more. Join the free 30-day bootcamp!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 02, 2021
#393: Course Topic Inspiration: 6 Students Share How They Found Theirs
31:23

Worried they won't buy? How to choose your best-selling, gotta-have-it digital course topic. 

The first digital course I ever created was on how to launch a book using social media.

And when I finally launched my first-ever course into the world...it was a huuuuge flop. 

I made a whopping $267 -- and I cried about it. 

In retrospect, I can tell you my fatal flaw. I chose the entirely wrong digital course topic.

Today, I’ve created and launched 8 successful digital courses that have generated over 35 million dollars in 12 years -- all because I finally chose the right digital course topic...one that my audience wanted and got them results.

And I’m here to save you from the heartache I experienced during that first launch.

Because choosing the right digital course topic is foundational to making sure that your audience will buy. 

More specifically, the promise that you make in your digital course must get them the results that will make the most impact. But more on that in a sec...

If you have zero digital course topic ideas... 

...or maybe you have a million topic ideas and couldn’t possibly choose one

...or maybe you’re totally stuck by thoughts like, “Honestly, what would I teach? I’m no expert.”

...this episode is for you. (Click for the episode and some serious course topic inspo!) 

In it, you’ll hear from six of my students, and they’ll break down digital course topics that are working in the online space in real life, how they came up with their course topic, any hiccups they encountered along the way… and so much more. 

Digital course topics like my student Braden’s. 

Braden’s an attorney and tax pro who chose to teach online entrepreneurs how to legally set up their business so they could get back to the things they’re really, really good at. 

The result? A flexible income that allows him to spend the kind of time with his loved ones.

Or Hilary Kreuger who, after years as a stay-at-home mom, created her digital course teaching communication and personal development online. 

5 figures in revenue later, she’s still a busy mom of 4...but now, she’s bringing home the bacon.

You’ll hear about topics ranging from spirituality to marketing to travel and more.

So no matter what industry you’re in, audience you serve, experience you bring to the table, or how “ready” you feel to teach a digital course, this episode is brimming with course topic inspo to get you well on your way to choosing yours.

You’ve got this!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:56] Adia Gooden has been a licensed clinical psychologist for ten years. She wanted to help more people and have more impact, so she created the You Are Unconditionally Worthy Course. Adia made over $26,000 on her first launch. 
  • [09:58] Braden Drake is a small business attorney who created Legally Launched. His first launch generated $8,000. He has since made more courses and revenue while being able to spend time with those he loves most.
  • [14:51] Hilary Krueger is a super mom who created a course called Talk Email to Me, and generated over $11,000 in revenue. She came up with the idea for the course when people kept telling her that they loved her emails. 
  • [18:13] Sandra McLemore created the Travel Marketing Revolution digital course, showing travel advisors how to get new clients online. This has allowed her to build a 7-figure business. 
  • [22:46] Scarlett Cochran helps professional women create streams of income to supplement their revenue and achieve financial freedom. She has generated multiple six figures with her courses.
  • [26:08] Anne Marie Pizarrio was a nurse by trade but wanted to make a change. She launched her own holistic practice, and her course about Becoming an Akashic Records Guide and generated $10,000.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 26, 2021
#392: One-On-One Coaching Vs. Digital Courses: What’s Best For You?
33:39

The difference between a “one-to-one” and “one-to-many” business model

I live for a good debate.

Journey or Queen?

Blog or podcast?

Seinfeld or Friends?

And while we’re at it...were they really on a break?

But if we’re talking about building an online business or adding a digital asset to your existing business, there’s one debate that comes up over and over again...

Digital course or one-on-one coaching? (Orrrr… can both work in one business?)

AKA which offer is best for you, your clients, or your business? 

And how the heck can you know for sure? (After all, you sure don’t have the time or money to go all-in on the wrong thing.)

Well, with over 12 years of experience in the online world, I want to help you decide once and for all if a digital course or one-on-one coaching is best for you. 

From my recording room straight to your morning walk (or daily commute...however you take your podcasts!) -- I’ll be guiding you through a self-assessment that’s sure to help you identify which offer is best suited to you, your clients, and your business (and life!) goals. 

Here are the questions to consider: 

  • Do you have information, know-how, or a skill set that could be turned into a digital course?
  • Does what you teach have steps or a roadmap of some sort or could it be turned into that? 
  • Could what you teach be taught to more than one person at a time? 
  • Could your area of expertise be taught via video or audio?
  • Do you like doing one-on-one coaching? 

And while, based on my own business, you may think I’m “Team Digital Course” all the way...my answer might just surprise you.

PLUS in this episode, we’ll discuss:

  • The unique way that a digital course serves you and your customers (that you probably haven’t considered yet)
  • The main differences between the two offerings
  • Specific examples of how digital courses and one-on-one coaching work within my students’ real-life business

And if allll of that still leaves you scratching your head, I’ve gone one step farther to make your dream-business-game-plan extra simple.

I created a simple assessment that will take your unique goals, personal experience, and audience, and create an in-depth personalized assessment to give you the answers to this BIG question. CLICK HERE to take the quiz!

That means you can walk away with a decision today and wake up tomorrow with clarity and confidence that your business is moving in the right direction. 

No more debating. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:40] You can be more selective with one-on-one coaching. A digital course opens up opportunities for people who don't have the time or resources for one-on-one coaching.
  • [06:06] A digital course gives you a much larger reach and ability to make an impact. 
  • [09:08] You can offer just a digital course or multiple digital courses. I do group coaching within my programs, but no paid one-on-one programs. 
  • [13:39] If you currently have a one-on-one coaching business, you already have a roadmap that could lead to a digital course. You already have a system, model, and framework. 
  • [15:46] You could also offer a digital course alongside one-on-one coaching. This is something I used to do!
  • [22:41] Question #1: Do you have information, know-how, or a skill set that can be turned into a digital course?
  • [23:36] Question #2: Does what you teach have steps or a roadmap of some sort? Could it be turned into that?
  • [24:14] Question #3: Could what you teach be taught to more than one person at a time?
  • [27:20] Question #4: Could your area of expertise be taught via video or audio?
  • [28:45] Question #5: Do you enjoy one-on-one coaching?. 
  • [31:05] Action steps: Take my free two-minute quiz to create a personalized path for creating your block-buster selling digital course.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 19, 2021
#391: What Is A Digital Course? The How, What, & Why They're Magic
24:32

The Digital Course Industry Is BOOMING -- Here’s Why

Not many of my friends understand what I do for work. 

Do you ever feel this way?

Even sweet Hobie -- who’s been around my business since the day it started -- can barely wrap his head around how I bring home a paycheck every month.

(He’d probably say “It has something to do with online courses, entrepreneurs...and confetti, somehow.”)

If you’re a digital course creator or you work in the online space, you know exactly what I’m talking about. 

Which is why, in this episode, I’m spelling it out for the rest of the world -- what the heck is a digital course, exactly?

I’m tackling the basics of digital courses, including:

  • What constitutes a digital course? 
  • Are digital courses ever called something else?
  • How can a digital course work within a business?
  • And my favorite -- what does a digital course make possible? (Hint: FREEDOM! Whatever way you take it...time, financial or lifestyle.)

This episode is for those of you who are new to the idea of creating a business online and how a digital course business can allow your business to scale beyond the limitations of one-on-one coaching or consulting. 

This episode is also for us -- digital course creators and business owners -- to share with the people that we love the most. (I’m looking at you, Hobie!)

Because our industry is here to stay -- you literally won’t believe just how much the virtual learning (a.k.a. digital course) industry is worth according to Forbes. 

(I share these figures in the episode… and the future projections will leave you jaw dropped!)

Digital courses aren’t going anywhere anytime soon, so let’s help get the world acquainted -- starting right here with this episode!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [05:41] Digital courses are online educational programs that you work through on an online platform.
  • [07:09] Danira created a digital course on how to make caramel apples and made over $62,000 on her very first launch. 
  • [09:53] Amanda Ferguson launched an etiquette course and converted 91 students for a grand total of over $101,000. 
  • [11:05] Mark Tew launched his digital course and made $108,000 during his 10-day launch. 
  • [13:20] You can use a digital course as a standalone revenue generator for your business. Or, you can offer a digital course as an upsell or down-sell to your one-on-one coaching.
  • [17:30] Digital course platforms include Udemy, Skillshare, MasterClass, and Coursera. These sites take a cut of the profit and offer limited promotion. 
  • [19:08] Use a platform that you have more control over, like Kajabi. You can put your course on Kajabi and offer bonuses and incentives.
  • [22:20] Action: Take the quiz to know where to start.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 16, 2021
#390: Can One Digital Course Really Generate Financial Freedom? With Joy Foster
55:13

How Online Business Owner Joy Foster Made $1 MILLION From ONE Digital Course (And Why One Course > Than Multiple )

What if you offered just ONE product in your business? 

As an online entrepreneur, you most likely have one of two responses...

You either sighed a big sigh of relief. (I don’t have to do 40 things at once!)

Or, I just made you really nervous. (But I HAVE to do 40 things at once!)

Whatever camp you find yourself in, hear me out.

I believe with all my heart that launching one digital course multiple times is the most effective and efficient way to generate significant revenue in your business. 

And that might make you think, “But Amy, if you earn that kind of revenue from one digital course, you must be able to make EVEN MORE from MANY digital courses!

Nooooot exactly. 

In fact, I’ll prove it to you!

In this episode, I sit down with one of my DCA students and online business owner, Joy Foster.

Joy made one million dollars by selling ONE digital course.

Bananas, right?.

And here’s the best part... Joy’s story isn’t that unique. 

Joy runs a social enterprise that helps women learn tech so they can start a business or make a career change. Her business model was like many of my listeners’ -- workshops that were strictly local and in-person.

But after a while, that business model wasn’t financially viable anymore and she knew she needed to find a way to scale.

So how did Joy go from struggling to make ends meet to million dollar status -- with ONE product offer?

Joy’s breaking it ALL down in this episode, including:

  • Her first failed course launch and what exactly didn’t work
  • Why she downsized from multiple course offers to just one (and what that meant for her bottom line)
  • The simple strategy Joy used to take her conversion rate from 1.48% to 15%
  • How she resists “shiny object syndrome” and remains faithful to her one-course model
  • What Joy believes she could have done to reach success sooner 
  • And so much more!

My dear entrepreneur, YES -- You can focus on less in your business and still  achieve more.

So go for it...breathe that big ol’ sigh of relief!

Listen now to kickstart your simplified business model...one that allows the time and freedom for you to be creative in your business.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 12, 2021
#389: Impact, Legacy, & Living A Passion-Led Life with Amy McLaren
32:42

How to Shed Self-Doubt, Find Inspiration, and Change Your Life (and the World) for the Better

What kind of legacy do you dream of leaving? 

What kind of impact will you make in this world? 

If you don’t think it’s possible to feel crystal clear on how to take your passions and leverage them into massive purpose, adventure and impact after just one podcast episode ...you’ve never met Amy McLaren.

Amy is a busy mom of two who passionately splits her time between leading LadyStrength (an online community of driven, entrepreneurial women), growing an Airbnb business, and being the hands-on CEO of Village Impact, the charity she and her husband, Stu McLaren, founded more than a decade ago. 

Amy is on a mission to help purpose driven entrepreneurs shed self-doubt, find inspiration, and change their life, their business ...and the world, while they’re at it. 

Just like she has. 

(And friends, I am here for it.

But let me warn you --.Amy is a force to be reckoned with.

Jumping out of planes, riding a motorcycle across Morocco and a rickshaw down the coast of India, driving 7 strangers down the California coast in an RV for 10-days ...that’s business as usual for Amy. 

She doesn’t just talk the talk -- this girl walks the walk.

And in this episode, Amy is breaking down how passion informs both the wildness and the intentional purpose in her life. 

Together, we talk about:

  • The myths of living a passion-filled life (which aren’t what you would expect)
  • How to create more impact and leave a legacy you’re truly proud of
  • Her charity, Village Impact, and how this corner of the world became her life’s work
  • Knowing when you’re called to do something bigger (because timing is everything)
  • and so much more!

This girl and her friendship make my heart burst -- and I have a sense that you’ll walk away from this episode feeling the very same. 

So grab your headphones and click to listen -- just wait 'til you see what’s possible!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [10:31] Amy was a teacher, but she knew she wanted to do more. She was constantly thinking about travel adventures or living overseas. She was held back from changing by fear, but eventually took a leave and never went back. 
  • [13:34] There's a myth that it costs too much money to live a passion-filled life. This isn’t the case and Amy is proof!
  • [14:12] The other myth is that it's too time-consuming to live your passion-filled life. Here’s the truth, you can do something you're passionate about in five minutes a day.
  • [14:42] Your passion doesn't have to be a side hustle. It really can become your full-time income!
  • [15:40] Unlock your passion. Take a step back and draw a passion timeline. Look back at the things you loved and look for a common theme -- be intentional about incorporating passion into your life.
  • [21:08] When following your passion, always come back to yourself and what you feel and believe in your heart. Don't let other people influence your passion or hold you back. 
  • [22:27] If you really want to create more impact, be consistent and find ways to collaborate. Have a clear message and clear action steps.
  • [29:10] Passion to Purpose: A Seven-Step Journey to Shed Self-Doubt, Find Inspiration, and Change Your Life (and the World) for the Better was written to let everyone know that they can use their passion to do small things for good in the world. 
  • [31:09] Action Challenge. Grab a pen and paper and answer these questions:
    •  #1 What are you passionate about? 
    • #2 What impact do you want to make? 
    • #3 What Legacy do you want to leave?

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 09, 2021
#388: A Behind-The-Scenes Look Into The Habits Successful Entrepreneurs Live By
25:04

Online Entrepreneurs Tell All: Habits Edition

I hate to admit it...but I’m a little bit nosey.

I looooove getting a glimpse into the private moments and secret thoughts of people that I admire.

I want to know what makes them tick, what makes it all work...and how I can get in on the good stuff!

Well in today’s episode, I did a little bit of snooping...with permission, of course. 

I reached out to a handful of my peers and asked them what their number one habit was for moving the needle forward as an entrepreneur. 

I’m talking about some of the biggest movers and shakers in the online space -- Gabby Bernstein, Neil Patel, Zafira Rajan, Ryan Holtz, Tiffany Lee Bymaster, John Lee Dumas, and Luvvie Ajayi Jones.

I wanted to know what habit actually mattered and made a difference when it came to building their online businesses. 

Because let’s be honest...the point of role models is having something to emulate so you’re not having to reinvent the wheel.

And you know we love keeping it simple around here. 

So click to listen as these incredible leaders share the ONE habit that has made the greatest difference in their journey as an entrepreneur, so that you can take what speaks to your soul and run with it.

Some are personal, some are professional…but all of them are juicy! 

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 05, 2021
#387: 7 Email Copywriting Tips To Convert Subscribers
37:13

What to do when your email list isn’t buying...

I’m not a chef.

If you’ve followed me for a while, you know that PostMates is higher on my speed dial than my sister (and I love my sister!)

But every now and then, on a special occasion, I’ll break out my old 1990’s apron from my single apartment days and cook something for Hobie.

(Okay, maybe by “cooking” I mean preheating the oven and peeling off plastic wrap but it’s totally the thought that counts, right?)

Well, let me tell you about a dark day in our marriage.

I decided that I’d push myself out of my comfort zone, don my apron, pour a glass of white wine, and see if there was any pasta in the pantry that wasn’t past expiration. 

By the time my hunky man was due to arrive home, dinner was ready and I was prepared to accept my well-deserved award.

But time went on… and no Hobie.

Wife confession: I was mad. 

I’d done all this work, tried something new, put myself out of my comfort zone… for nothing. 

Now, Hobie eventually came home and we worked it all out. (I can’t stay mad at that sweet man!)

But today I want to talk to you about the entrepreneurial equivalent...

...I’m talking about shooting your shot, giving it your best...and it kind of just sitting there...getting cold and stale.

Today we’re talking about making a sales pitch to your email list...and getting ZERO sales. 

OOF. 

Especially if your engagement is healthy, this sales offer ghost town can be massively frustrating. 

In today’s episode, I’m going to be sharing exactly how to prepare your next sales offer so your email subscribers are racing to the “Buy” button.

I’m going to take you step by step through your sales promo, including when to email, how many to send, and exactly how to write emails that make a connection first -- then an effortless sale. 

That includes:

  • the type of email campaign you’ll want to do when you’re selling
  • seven copywriting tips you’ll want to include in every sales email you send
  • how to send sales emails with confidence (and why you should never, ever worry about annoying your list) 

In fact, I want to make sales emails so effortless for you that I’ve created a FREE checklist for you to download, so you can be sure that your sales emails are hitting the mark every time. 

So grab your checklist, click here to listen to today’s episode, and get ready to celebrate earning meaningful revenue in your business with just a few emails. 

PS. Looking for my List Building Masterclass? Well, I sure hope you like sharp upticks in your subscriber count. Click below to save your seat for my FREE List Building Masterclass!

I'm in, Amy! Save my spot!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:16] Listen to discover and understand what your audience needs, wants, pain points, and desires are. 
  • [12:14] Use this sentence in your emails, "I know you're thinking…” and then fill in the blank. Take what you've learned and insert your ideal communities pain points into the sentence. 
  • [15:01] Take a journey back to where you were before you found your solution. What would the old you need to hear, know, or understand to cross the bridge to become a buyer?
  • [19:45] Highlight the exact words that you want to use in your email text. These words will come from your ideal audience members.
  • [28:00] Make the email all about your subscriber and their wants and needs. 
  • [30:16] Be specific and clear with your CTA - call to action. Leave no room for misunderstanding. 
  • [35:21] Action items: Map out your promo. To help you, download the free resource and start working through it and do the journal prompts!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 29, 2021
#386: Branding Vs. Marketing (& Why It's Important To You) with Ryan Holtz
41:07

Getting Lost Online? Start With Your Branding

Branding can seem like the online marketing equivalent of a Birkin bag...

...you’ve heard of it, you’re not totally sure what it is, but it seems like all of the big names are into it. 

And I’m with you. Branding felt like a “nice to have” and I put it off for many years in my business. 

But Ryan Holtz, my guest for this episode, and I are determined to convince you that branding is one of the greatest gifts you can give your business and your prospective buyers.

I know, I know...bold statement. But we mean it.

And here’s why...

Your business’ brand answers the question, “What makes you different?” when you’re up against a sea of online competitors.

It establishes what you stand for as a business.

It helps your perfect customer find you and instantly know -- without a doubt -- that they belong in your world.

And when they feel like they belong in your world, they stay in your world.

Which is suuuuuper important because, according to stats from Outboard Engine, it’s 5 times more expensive to find a new customer than it is to keep an existing one.

But if you’re anything like me in the early years of my business, you might be thinking…

Is my business too new to be thinking about branding?

Branding sounds nice someday… when I have spare time and a little extra cash.

Well in this episode, Ryan Holtz, renowned speaker, expert marketer, host of a Top 100 Apple Podcast, and a wealth of entrepreneurial knowledge, joins me to debunk those mental-myths and get you started in the right direction.

Ryan shows you step-by-step how to identify what your brand is, what your business stands for, and how these things can help attract like-minded customers that are totally onboard with you, your service, and your mission. 

When you know your brand, you’ll never be unsure of how to show up online again. 

When you’re confident in what your brand stands for, alignment comes naturally. 

And I want that for you with my whole heart.

So press play and let’s chat -- an online presence that you feel proud of (and in total alignment with) awaits!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 22, 2021
#385: Is A Blog Valuable To Your Business? With Glo Atanmo
36:07

Glo Atanmo tells all about creating a passion led business and a blog that adds value to her business.

Sometimes there’s a podcast guest that joins me on Online Marketing Made Easy and they leave me, well… speechless.

Speechless because they live life on their own terms and their adventurous spirit can teach us a thing or two about this entrepreneurial life we might not have considered before. 

Glo Atanmo is one of those people.

Featured in Oprah Magazine, Conde Nast, Essence and more, Glo got her start at 16 when she purchased her first “big girl” domain and taught herself coding basics -- fast forward to today, a decade later, and she’s running a 7-figure business, traveling the world and blogging about it as she goes. 

In this episode we talk about Glo’s tips for using a blog to build a business -- and yes, you definitely need to dust off your blog and get it back up and running -- she also tells the story of how she got her start with just $500 in her pocket, and what you need to know today about succeeding as a multi-passionate entrepreneur.

And if you thought Glo was finished there, you haven’t met this inspirational icon.

Because Glo shares her 5-point framework for building a sustainable business -- and what passion has to do with it.

Hear that, my fiery entrepreneurs? 

Glo is spelling out exactly how much to bank on your passion when starting a sustainable business...and the 4 factors that support your passion to make sure that you’re playing the long game. 

If we’ve piqued your inner travel bug’s interest -- it’s time to hit play and join us! 

This interview was so much fun and I can’t wait for you to hear how it inspires you in your next business adventure.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:28] When Glo was 22, she took $500 and booked a one-way ticket to Europe. She shares the scariest thing about this experience and how she had to get scrappy. 
  • [07:59] The biggest lesson she learned was that opportunity will find you if you are available and always find gratitude in each situation. Everything is an opportunity to thrive and grow. 
  • [13:43] Glo has expanded her business into a digital course teaching other bloggers how to land brand deals, which allows her to connect with female bloggers who have a deeper mission. 
  • [23:22] Is blogging still effective? As a writer, Glo shares how she feels blogs fit within a business model. 
  • [27:18] Passion is needed for a sustainable business, but you also need purpose, a promise, to be proficient, and be able to speak to a pain point.
  • [35:12] Action step: Work through Glo’s 5 P’s: passion, purpose, promise, be proficient, and pain point.

Click here to listen!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 15, 2021
#384: Should You Write A Book? With Gabby Bernstein
41:59

Get ready to access behind the scenes tips for book writing success.

If you’re considering writing a book - whether it’s through traditional publishing or self-publishing - this episode is a must listen. 

Grab a kombucha, iced coffee, or your favorite snack, and join me and Gabby as we talk about the steps you need to take when tackling the book writing process.

In this episode we cover a lot of ground around what you need to know including:

  • How to overcome the dreaded writer’s block
  • Ways to think about turning your digital course into a book (it can be done!)
  • How to access her FREE training “4 Secrets To Your Best Selling Book” 

Let me tell you, this conversation was a journey!

Whether book writing has been on your mind for a while, or you’re not sure if it’s the path you want to take -- this episode is the roadmap to help you take the leap and put pen to paper (even if it’s for a blog post only right now.) 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 08, 2021
#383: Am I Giving Away Too Much Free Content?
26:40

And the Not-So-Mysterious Breakdown of Free vs. Paid Content 

Imagine how it would feel to show up to your next content creation sesh with clarity and confidence, knowing exactly what YOUR boundaries are between free and paid content. 

Sounds amazing, right?

Well, I’m going to show you how to finally let go of the white-knuckle fear of sharing your stuff for free.

Because look, I get it.

As an entrepreneur, it’s the ultimate rock and hard place. 

  • Why would my audience ever be willing to buy from me if I’m teaching them concepts for free?
  • How would they ever trust that I know my stuff if I don’t share anything with them until they fork over the cash? 

That’s why I’m taking a page out of the book of my beloved Crime Junkie podcast and getting to the bottom of this great entrepreneurial mystery in this episode -- once and for all. 

In this episode, I’m giving you the down-to-the-decimal details on: 

  • How much free content you should be sharing with your audience (and I’m talking specifics!)
  • 3 questions to ask yourself to make sure that your free stuff isn’t overstepping and undervaluing your paid offers
  • The one thing your free content needs so your audience can say an ENTHUSIASTIC YES to becoming a paying customer
  • The actual free content that I released ahead of my Digital Course Academy launch that prepared my audience for DCA...rather than turn them off of it. 

So grab a notepad and press play! We’ve got a mystery to solve.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:31] Free content is the what and of what you're teaching while paid content is the how and step-by-step. 
  • [05:40] A good rule of thumb is that 20% of your paid content can be revealed in your free content. 
  • [13:49] Be generous with your content. Have an abundance mindset and know that there is more than enough to go around.
  • [15:47] Ask yourself these questions when determining what to include in your free content: Do I teach the exact same thing in my course? Where's my audience right now in relation to this exact topic?
  • [24:52] Action steps: Do a mini content audit, and develop an abundance mindset when it comes to free content.

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 01, 2021
#382: Step-by-Step Systems To Eliminate Overwhelm & Work Less
43:23

People often ask me, “Amy, what’s the secret to your success?” and I always say that I live and die by systems.

In fact, without systems... I could not have a multimillion-dollar business and still have a life. I could not have a four-day workweek and actually make money if I didn’t have systems.

Forbes recently stated that when you create systems in your business you can save up to two work hours per day... that’s 240 hours a year!

And that’s why today’s episode is so important. Because I want you to imagine what it would feel like to no longer be chasing a never-ending to-do list... and instead feel focused and confident as you create the business of your dreams.

We'll talk about...

  • The virtual filing system I swear by that actually saves me time
  • How I make my project management program work for me, and not the other way around
  • The number one communication tool I adore and the magic of SOPs
  • Three ways to scale your business brilliantly

If you want to know my secrets for going from a constant state of busy business overwhelm to tons of organization, more free time, more money in the bank, and a four-day workweek… you’re in the right place.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [08:35] Want to stay organized? Use a virtual filing system to organize assets in Dropbox and documents in Google Docs. 
  • [17:46] Asana allows you to systemize and get really clear on who's doing what and when it's due. 
  • [23:29] Find out how we use Slack to segment communication by channel and our guidelines, including keeping tasks in project management software. 
  • [28:17] Learn how we have built a blueprint for success using standard operating procedures or SOPs. We have systemized tutorials for any procedure that we do over and over again.
  • [35:18] Three ways to help you scale your business include becoming an affiliate marketer, adding a group coaching program to your product suite, and adding a digital course!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 24, 2021
#381: Perfect Your Price Point & Create Consistent Revenue With Jereshia Hawk
42:42

Fear of charging too much? Yeah… we’re gonna talk about. 

If you're ready to convert more clients and boost your sales processes, this podcast episode is your blueprint. 

Join me as I connect with Jereshia Hawk, business coach, sales expert, and framework phenom when it comes to knowing when to sell, perfecting what to charge, and creating consistent revenue streams.

Jereshia has helped over 350 entrepreneurs double their package prices, convert more sales calls, and increase their revenue growth within 12 months.

Plus, she’s a huge advocate for women of color in leadership positions which is part of her entrepreneurial WHY. 

During our chat, Jereshia talks about the 10 questions to know exactly how much more you should be charging. Questions we should all answer that are simple, straightforward, and get results. 

I had sooooo many questions for Jereshia and I think you’re going to love the takeaways she gives as we go through them all.

Get ready for note taking goodness and tips for *finally* knowing just what to charge for your offer.

Plus, as promised, here’s the script that Jereshia and I mention in the conversation. Make sure you listen so you can take action on this tried and tested process right away.

Go on your Instagram stories, show your face, and say: 'Hey all! I've helped [# OF PEOPLE] get [X RESULTS] in their [TYPE OF BUSINESS]. I'm currently looking to take on a few more clients and have [X SPOTS OPEN]. I would love to go on this journey with you. Are you a [INSERT WHO YOU HELP]? If so, I want to hear from you! Send me a DM and I'll send you more details about this opportunity.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:42] Jereshia shares about overcoming the fear of charging too much, and how “charging what you’re worth” isn’t the right way to think. 
  • [15:05] Here’s how to create consistent revenue. For starters, don't bring your employee mindset into your entrepreneurial playground. 
  • [20:01] Guess what, if you’re listening to this, you are ready to sell. Jereshia is a big believer in selling before you build. 
  • [32:19] She even shares tips for direct message selling. She says, “Conversion happens in conversation.” 
  • [36:01] Action tip: Jereshia gives you an actual way to welcome new clients through Instagram stories -- she even gives you a script!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 17, 2021
#380: 4 Strategies To Create A High Converting Sales Page
23:27

Are you ready to boost your sales and crack the code on customer conversions? 

Ask any copywriter about sales pages and they’ll tell you: it takes a lot of tinkering to crack the sales conversion code.

That said, after our last Digital Course Academy launch -- I think we might have actually done it and I’m spilling all the beans about it.

In this podcast episode, you’ll learn exactly what widgets we used and strategies we implemented to keep eyes on the DCA sales page for over 5 minutes.

That’s a lifetime when it comes to viewer stats.

It also means that the sales page is working wonders when it comes to keeping leads engaged.

As an online business owner, I want you to have knowledge about the little things that made a big difference in our latest launch conversions (so you can use them too!) -- things like:

  • A customizable widget that helps potential students, customers, and clients get all of their burning questions answered face to face
  • The one section every sales page needs to help customers feel confident about their purchase (one of my favs!)
  • How video can keep your customers engaged right from the very top of the page and what to include so they can’t help but keep watching, reading, and clicking those buy buttons

I also tell you the #1 simple to implement and most engaging part of the page that you don’t want to miss. Stick around until the end of the episode for that one!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:09] We used VideoAsk which is a widget which allows you to have face-to-face video conversations with your customers and ended up with a 33% conversion rate.
  • [08:34] Testimonials was another enticing section. We had three or four on the page and then offered the option of looking through an entire database of customer testimonials broken up by category.
  • [11:39] There was also a sizzle reel at the top of the sales page. This is a short video mashup of audio, video and images that promote your offer, and something you can make on your own!
  • [14:08] Our chat feature was hot on our sales page. This is the little chat bubble that pops up and offers a live chat, which will guarantee higher engagement. 
  • 20:28] Track your metrics. It's the only way to know if all of your sales page efforts are working. Google analytics allows me to see trends. We know if we are growing, improving, and how to pivot. 
  • [22:13] Action steps: Decide which of the above mentioned methods you are going to use and start planning things out. Decide during this week and start scheduling each one. Create a plan for one or two of these strategies and start chipping away at it.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 10, 2021
#379: Cure Writer’s Block: The Content Structure My Team Swears By
16:32

Get ready to tackle the creativity time crunch and discover the little known framework that I use in my business to produce content. 

Let’s be honest: social media, podcasts, newsletters, sales pages and everything else you need to run your business can take a ton of time out of an already busy day. 

Just when you think you’re caught up, your content calendar sends a reminder and you’re back at it again. 

Sometimes it may feel like you’re always “behind” in your business. You’re in good company -- many entrepreneurs just like you are in the same boat.

That’s why in this podcast episode, I tackle the content time crunch so you can start speeding up the production process and start standing out online.

Not only will you get some behind-the-scenes sneak peeks on how we write podcast episodes, social media and more but you’ll also get the inside scoop on:

  • How this framework can be used for anything you’re creating so it’s compelling and creates flow and clarity
  • Ways you might be missing out on consistency and a simple fix to help across all channels
  • Getting past the dreaded writer’s block so you produce assets more quickly (and so it doesn’t take all day)

Get ready to move past that day long content creation process and get into a flow state instead -- this episode is waiting for you. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:07] Start with the what. This is an overview of the main point or outcome you want your students to achieve. 
  • [06:17] Next, is the why. Explain why this content is important and why it matters to your audience. Build your case for the importance of what you're sharing. 
  • [07:44] Move on to the how. This is a step-by-step on how your audience can apply what you're teaching to their own lives. You're providing them with a road map that leads with a clear intentional flow from start to finish.
  • [10:46] After that, focus on the proof. Show how you apply the how in your own business. These are real time examples or success stories from your customers.
  • [15:32] Action steps: Write out this framework and look at your content and see where you're using the steps. Then start with one piece of content and apply this framework!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 03, 2021
#378: Could A 4-Day Work Week Fit Your Business?
41:45

If you’ve ever thought about how it might look to work less days in your business, check out the experiment my team and I are in the middle of testing.

When I first pitched the shorter work week idea to my leadership team, well… I was met with crickets. The idea of the work week happening only Monday through Thursday felt a bit unattainable.

And while I was really excited about the idea myself, I know the team’s concerns were valid and so we agreed to try it for 90 days as an experiment

Right now we’re 60 days in, and have uncovered some really interesting stuff that I wanted to share with you. 

Since I’m a big believer in going first and showing what’s possible for you, it’s my hope that this episode helps show you what you need to know about the 4-day work week process -- especially if you’ve been thinking about ways to add more time back into your week. 

You’ll also learn more about:

  • WHY a shorter week was something I wanted to implement and how our team why might spark some ideas for you
  • Processes to set into place when it comes to your team, communication, and what the new work week looks like
  • The different categories to create plans for as you look at your day-to-day systems and expectations
  • The 3 MUST ASK questions you need to answer before making the leap and how they’ll help you determine if this is for you

If reading those highlights pulls at your imagination strings and gets you thinking about your own work schedule -- grab your notebook and pen -- because this is definitely a note taking episode.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [02:21] Learn some of the reasons why my team and I have decided to test out doing a 4-day work week. 
  • [06:36] Read the book Shorter: Work Better, Smarter, and Less Here's How.
  • [11:38] Get clear with your team, if you have one, how you want to organize and go about preparing for the 4day work week. What are concerns that come up and how can you troubleshoot them?  
  • [15:05] Sit down and discuss any issues that may come up, and create a guideline document to help guide your team. 
  • [19:44] Find out the tools we use to make our 4-day work week efficient and possible. 
  • [22:33] Set a date and time to meet with your team to see how the experiment is working and how you can improve or pivot.
  • [36:59] Action Steps: How will this professionally benefit you? How will this personally benefit you? What will it mean if you don't move to a four-day work week? Get clear on these answers, start with step one, and read the book Shorter.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 27, 2021
#377: How To Re-engage Your Email List
23:09

It’s never too late to hit send and connect with your subscribers again.

If your email list has been on your mind (maybe a little more time has passed than you’d like to admit since you’ve last landed in their inbox) and you know it’s time to hit ‘send’ but you’re afraid that you’ll be met with crickets and unsubscribes -- today’s episode is just what you need to gain back your confidence.

Here’s the thing, when it comes to engaging with your email list after a long absence, there are a few simple things you can put into place to make a seamless re-entry.

But first, I have to tell you: you’re not alone.

Life happens and sometimes we have to hit pause on our regular systems and processes. I get soooo many questions about this topic -- so, it’s time we talk about it. 

In today’s episode, I’m going to walk you through how to organize and put together a re-engagement campaign, including how many emails to send, how far apart, and what to include in each email.

You’ll also learn everything you need to know to successfully hit send with confidence and:

  • Know exactly what to say so your audience feels supported and seen
  • Have a plan on how many emails you need to send and help them remember why they signed up in the first place
  • Create a free gift that they need so badly they’ll be thanking you a million times over in their replies
  • Craft a plan to write emails they look forward to opening week in and week out

It’s time to make a plan because your subscribers are waiting for you.

If you’re ready to get back on track and into the hearts and inboxes of your audience, click below to get started.

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:31] It's easier to reignite an old list than it is to start from scratch. In fact, getting a new customer can cost five times more than re-engaging with an old customer.
  • [06:10] If you’ve taken some time away from your email list, it’s time to create a re-engagement campaign. 
  • [07:40] Email #1: Reintroduce yourself, but then make it all about how you are serving your audience. 
  • [12:07] Email #2: Continue to nurture your list and show them how you're going to help them achieve their goal and desire, and why you're the person to do so. 
  • [14:37] Email #3: Ask what they need and ask them to reply directly to your email. This shows you care and are committed to serving them. 
  • [16:01] Rules: Make sure your subject lines stand out. Commit to showing up consistently. Set time aside and batch your email content.
  • [21:02] Give it at least 60 days before you begin to sell. This is all part of the know, like, and trust equation.
  • [21:53] Action steps: Within the next week sit down and write out your re-engagement campaign. Then give yourself at least a week to write out the emails, and finally send them. Enjoy the process!

Rate, Review, & Follow on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, follow the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not following, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Follow now!

May 20, 2021
#376: Your Beginner Guide To Going Evergreen: Here’s Where To Start
25:17

The dream of setting your digital course on autopilot and letting it roll (with minimal effort) is a popular one for most entrepreneurs.

This is why I’m sharing the success roadmap for scaling I use so you can plan your strategy successfully.

And while I do believe going evergreen at the right time can be a beneficial way to grow your business, I'm also a firm believer that becoming an expert at live launching first is a must.

On this week’s podcast episode, I’m not only talking about the benefits of evergreen, I’m walking you through ways that live launches can prepare you for creating an evergreen product. You’ll also see how I (and some of my students) have done it in the past. 

Having a clear direction in the process of going evergreen is the fastest way to help you on your journey and when you listen to this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The core values you must know before even thinking about getting started
  • Platforms you’ll want as your best friends so the funnel runs without a hitch
  • What must-have content should be created as you think about launching  
  • How timing and LIVE launching plays into creating your evergreen experience

Plus, when you listen, you’ll have access to a FREE resource you can use as you get started and take action on the path to evergreen products.

Join me as I walk you through the step-by-step plan to help get you ready to generate income that feels effortless. 

Here’s a preview of the episode: 

  • [04:44] Do at least two or three live launches before you go evergreen. Live launching makes you more nimble and a better marketer.
  • [09:34] Platforms you'll need to go evergreen. ConvertKit - for emails and creating landing pages. Demio - for webinars. Deadline Funnel allows you to create smart links with individual automated campaigns. 
  • [13:01] Marketing content you need includes: a webinar-registration page, sales page, email campaign to guide and nurture, and a re-play email.
  • [18:01] Create urgency by using Deadline Funnels and irresistible bonuses. 
  • [20:01] Nicole Calloway Rankins went evergreen after two live launches and heard crickets. She went back and did a few more live launches and then launched an evergreen course that generates revenue every single month.
  • [21:41] Christina Galbato has two evergreen courses that have made over one million dollars in the past year. She says to make sure your live launch, webinar opt-in rate, show-up rate, sales conversions, and post-webinar email-open rate are all solid before moving on to evergreen.
  • [23:33] Action steps: Live launch until you see consistent results. Update your live launching marketing material. Start setting up your platforms. Pay close attention to your show up and conversion rates.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 13, 2021
#375: How To Get Noticed Online (& What Jumping Out Of A Plane Has To Do With Entrepreneurship)
31:07

Content creation, visibility in your business, and how life will steer you in the right direction (whether you’re ready for it or not!)

New York Times Best-selling author, award-winning blogger, and “professional troublemaker,” Luvvie Ajayi Jones is here and she’s ready to help you take action on your big dreams, move through the fear that’s holding you back, and use your voice to support your audience.

I loved my interview with Luvvie, and I know you will too. We chat about...

  • How her skydiving experience helped her become comfortable with being uncomfortable
  • Why content creation and getting noticed online looks different than you think 
  • The reason getting a “D” in college was the sign she needed to say goodbye to her dream of becoming a doctor and start a blog instead

There are so many "a-ha", "WOW", and jaw-dropping moments in this episode, I wish I could name them all... you’ll just have to join us over on the podcast to find out what they are.

Sometimes a conversation just takes on a life of its own and reveals a lot of wisdom. I know when Luvvie says, “When you serve people, you will be seen by the people you need to serve,” you’ll want to stop multi-tasking and make sure you’re listening to the conversation that follows.

You’re in for a real treat, friend! Listen in to get inspired, excited, and driven to take action with Luvvie’s step-by-step guidance.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 06, 2021
#374: Take Your Hands Off The Wheel: Automation For The Smart Business Owner
19:17

Creating automation in your business can help you streamline your tasks and save time every single day.

Whether you’re a business owner just starting out or a seasoned entrepreneur, building automation systems in your business is key to helping you delegate and create processes that will help you succeed. 

The bonus? When you create automation in your business you’ll also have the flexibility in your schedule you’ve always dreamed of. 

I know, I know, you might be thinking, “But Amy -- this sounds too good to be true!”

And while it may seem like a miracle for your business, I can assure you that with just a little patience and follow through with the step-by-step process I give you, automation will be yours! 

In this episode you’re about to learn my favorite tips and tools to create:

  • Auto-responders in your emails for all the FAQs that land in your inbox
  • Seamless scheduling systems (no more headaches!) 
  • Social media content creation so you can batch and post with ease
  • Standard operating procedures -- every job now has a “how to do this” list
  • A process for hiring a Virtual Assistant to provide ongoing help

 

Plus, just to make things interesting, I have a fun accountability challenge at the end and I want to make sure I’m cheering you on as you implement your automation so you can spend more time on all the things you love!

Here’s a preview of the episode: 

  • [04:18] Automation saves you time, money, and precious energy. It eliminates human error and allows you, and your team to focus on the big picture. 
  • [05:41] Email automation. Only check your email once a day and set up an autoresponder for the other times. 
  • [07:31] Create guided responses for common email questions that you get. You can still add a personal touch. You can use Boomerang to mark your email to go away and come back on another day.
  • [09:33] Scheduling automation. Schedulicity is an online calendar that you can integrate with your calendar and create a personalized link with your availability.
  • [10:59] Automating social media and weekly content. A social media automating tool will allow you to plan out your social media all at once. 
  • [13:20] Managing emails from your community. ConvertKit is a good solution if you're just getting started. 
  • [15:24] Standard operating procedures or SOPs. These documents will save you a lot of headaches down the road when you hire and scale your team. 
  • [17:27] Compile tasks that can be passed off to a professional VA, even if it's just for a few hours a week. This will allow you to stay in your zone of genius.
  • [18:35] Action steps: Decide on one automation step that you can set up within the next 7 days. Send me a DM and tell me about it!

 

Apr 29, 2021
#373: Quiz Creation 101: Everything You Need to Know About Using the Most Effective Lead Magnet
41:09

Are you ready to scale your business lightyears ahead with an online quiz? You’ll be so glad when you do. 

This week, I have quiz building expert, Chanti Zak, on the show. 

Chanti’s the perfect person to show you what to do next when it comes to creating your online quiz -- she’s SO good she’s even written quizzes for me!

If you’re excited about this, get ready to dive in, my friend, because I believe a million percent that this episode is just what you need to get started.

During our time together, Chanti walks us through everything you need to know about:

  • How to select the PERFECT topic so your audience can’t wait to see their results
  • How to layout your results so they are fun and informative 
  • And how to get your quiz up and converting so you can start building your email list right away

Chanti pulls out all the stops in this episode to help you fast track to hitting publish and turning your fans into email subscribers. 

Psst… if you’re not sure what’s next once your audience gets their results, well, we talk about that, too. It’s my very last question for Chanti and I know you’ll love it. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 22, 2021
#372: How Much Does It Actually Cost To Start & Successfully Grow A Biz with Jamie Trull
36:10

In this episode, she and I help you get clear on finances and the secrets to saving money, so you can run a successful (and lucrative) business. 

If you’re anything like me you may have fallen for shiny object syndrome a time or two while running your business. 

Raise your hand if you’ve found yourself buying courses or subscriptions that weren’t what you really needed to get your business off the ground...

Yep. I’ve been there, too.

Here’s the thing, knowing what financial investments to make when you’re running an online business can be confusing. And it can be easy to invest in a product, service, or tool you think you need but isn’t actually what you need at all.

If you’re just starting out as a business owner or you’ve been at this for a while, figuring out your finances is an essential part of your journey. 

This is why I have my peer, student, and financial expert, Jamie Trull on the show today. 

During the episode, we dive into what it looks like to actually start a business from a financial standpoint. 

Jamie’s a genius when it comes to helping business owners, like you, feel confident about their financials. I love having her on the show because she shows that you can absolutely handle the numbers side of your business and have some fun, too.

In this episode you’ll get information to help you really understand:

  • What financials should look like when you’re starting a business
  • Where to invest in your business so the financial decisions you make align with your big goals
  • Ways to save so you can grow quickly and strategically as you build your business 

Plus we walk you through the tips you need to start paying yourself, prepare for taxes, and invest back into your business.

Yes - you can absolutely do this --  and we are here to help. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 15, 2021
#371: The 30,000 Foot View: Crafting Your 4-Part Customer Journey
21:07

An online buyer’s experience that’s effectively mapped out from start to finish can help you create the entrepreneurial family of your dreams -- one where everyone feels seen, heard, and understood.

Being intentional about crafting a clear journey for your business is key to cultivating a community and showing your audience that they matter and aren’t just another number or subscriber.

In today’s podcast episode, I’ll teach you the four phases you need to consider when thinking about the journey of each of your loyal fans. Phases that include:

  • Phase 1: Attraction
  • Phase 2: Nurture
  • Phase 3: Promotion
  • Phase 4: Onboarding (don’t miss the one element in phase four you can’t skip but many entrepreneurs do!) 

I’ll also show you how to put together your business pathway (or revitalize the pathway you already have) in order to keep your loyal fans on track through the entire time they’re with you on your business journey.

Get ready to knock the socks off your customers and create a journey they can remember with today’s episode! 

Apr 08, 2021
#370: Behind-The-Scenes: How I Collect Money-Making Testimonials
31:47

Customer testimonials can help you grow your business online and expand your reach. 

Your digital course and online business success will skyrocket when you have glowing testimonials to share with the world. 

Are you interested in significantly increasing your sales, boosting your lead magnet sign-ups and email subscribers, or growing your audience exponentially?

I have a feeling you’re saying, “Come on, Amy! Of course, I am!”

Well my friend, listen up because I’m going to tell you one simple strategy that will help you do all of those things I mentioned. 

Two words… glowing testimonials

They are simply the bread and butter of your business, and today, I’m giving you my behind-the-scenes, step-by-step process for finding and gathering testimonials that will be so top-notch that they do the selling for you. 

And yes, there is a process -- trust me! In this episode, you’ll learn…

  • why testimonials are worth spending time collecting

  • how to find them

  • how to request them

  • how to conduct an interview

  • the proper way to format them to make sure they convert

  • where to use them

And because I love when I can gift you a step-by-step action-taking tool -- I’ve put together a free plug-&-play resource of the emails that we use to gather testimonials, along with the questions we ask in our testimonial interviews. Get it here.

Here’s a preview of the episode: 

  • [05:05] A well-written testimonial is the ultimate social proof for you and your business. It's important to build that know, like, and trust factor. 
  • [10:33] Look for testimonials everywhere! In your posts, comments, and actively seek them in your Facebook group. 
  • [15:33] You can collect testimonials from your one-on-one work about your strategies or your teaching style. And of course, from your digital course or project. 
  • [22:20] Create one place in Dropbox for all of your testimonials. Have a testimonial shell, so that you can find them easily.
  • [23:30] Use a specific formula for crafting your testimonial. Use what they gave you and do your best to finesse it. A three part testimonial should include the problem, the solution, and the results!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 01, 2021
#369: Common Strategies For Uncommon Success With John Lee Dumas
37:00

John Lee Dumas teaches his most successful online business strategies

Get ready to take action and accomplish your entrepreneurial goals

Success secrets?

Out-of-the-box thinking?

Business plans that work wonders? 

Ok, friend, you know what that means. Today’s podcast guest is FIRE.

I’m so excited to welcome John Lee Dumas back for his 4th appearance on the podcast.

This episode is a must-listen, especially if your entrepreneurial and digital course goals include time and location freedom, financial independence, personal fulfillment… and more. 

As an entrepreneur that has helped set the foundation for business success in the online marketplace and who has interviewed thousands of the world’s most successful entrepreneurs on his podcast, Entrepreneurs on Fire, John Lee Dumas is giving us his best secrets when it comes to:

  • Building a content plan
  • Diversifying your revenue streams
  • Increasing traffic (um, YES PLEASE!) 

Plus… John reveals his business success tips and his out-of-the-box thinking when it comes to creating a business plan that stands out from the crowd. 

Are you ready? It’s time to take notes and take action. 

Here is the episode highlight reel:

  • [07:06] JLD shares his content production plan, which includes what he calls the “Zone of Fire.”
  • [11:36] You don't have to do everything yourself. JLD shares how his team works to produce consistent and accurate content. 
  • [15:28] JLD shares how he diversifies his revenue streams and how this has helped him scale his business. 
  • [20:07] “Boring will put you out of business.” People want to be entertained, and JLD shares how to stand out and keep things exciting.
  • [28:59] Be willing to do things that other people aren't willing to do. When you set your barrier super high your competition will end up being low.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 29, 2021
#368: Kick These Excuses To The Curb: 5 Digital Course Myths Debunked
19:19

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [03:58] Myth#1: Creating a digital course takes too much time. If you want to create a course, you're going to have to set aside some devoted time and effort.
  • [07:18] Myth #2: You need a huge email list to sell a digital course. You can launch with a small list and still achieve success. It's about quality over quantity. 
  • [09:09] Myth #3: You have to be a video or webinar expert. You don't have to be an expert to begin, my friend. You'll get more comfortable over time -- trust me!
  • [11:38] Myth #4: You have to have everything figured out before you get started. Where will you be one year from now if you keep waiting? The longer you wait, the less likely you'll ever start. Just start somewhere!
  • [14:00] Myth #5: It's really expensive to create and launch a digital course. You don't need to spend very much to do your first few launches. In fact, you can even sell your course before you create anything -- something I teach in Digital Course Academy!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 25, 2021
#367: How This Mompreneur Stopped Trading Time For Dollars (& You Can Too) with Maria Dior Duegaard Amdahl
34:34

Organic business growth can happen even when you’re juggling home-life responsibilities.

Holy Cow, friend! Wait until you listen to this conversation with my student and 7-figure business owner, Maria Dior Duegaard Amdahl.

I wanted to invite Maria to the show because I knew her entrepreneurial journey is one that will light a fire under your you-know-what and give you the exact steps you need to take action.  

When Maria started her business she was juggling a lot -- her business plan, her family (she’s got three kiddos, a hubby, and a dog at home!), and building her online community.

As a successful health coach working 1:1 with entrepreneurs, it didn’t take Maria long to realize that she was trading time for dollars and needed to pivot to a different path. (And quickly!) 

In this episode, Maria takes us along on her journey from trading time for dollars to running a $3 million dollar business.  And as you listen to our conversation, I know you’ll see that she’s no different from you. Her success can be your success, sweet friend. 

Plus you’ll get the insiders scoop into:

  • Maria’s best strategies for accomplishing ALL of your business goals… (even when you have minimal time)
  • The tangible action items Maria uses for growing an online community organically
  • How to pick yourself back up after failing and keep moving forward 

Here’s what I love about this interview the most...

Maria gives you action items you can start implementing today and she doesn’t hold back! 

If you’re ready to build, grow, and scale your online business and still have enough time to make dinner at the end of the day, this episode is for you.

Here is your highlight guide to this episode:

  • [03:21] Maria shares her story of running a fitness studio for pregnant women and how transitioning to an online business allowed her to scale and reach $3 million in revenue.
  • [10:38] Maria created a system to be very mindful of how she spends her time -- she shares more about this in the freebie for this episode!
  • [15:53] She shares about her webinar show up rate of 58 percent with a 48 percent conversion rate and how she made this happen. 
  • [22:11] Maria's secret is being herself and allowing herself the time to take the steps she needs to take while still being human flaws and all. 
  • [27:12] Don't fall into the habit of thinking you have to learn everything before you take action, Maria shares how to do this.

Grab your free resource from today’s episode!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 18, 2021
SPECIAL: Facebook iOS Update For Ad Campaigns: All You Need To Know
34:12

In this very special bonus podcast episode, my friend Salome Schillack, and I are talking about how Facebook (and Instagram) are making changes to their ability to target some iOS users. (If you’ve got an Apple product, that’s you!)

The result? This presents a little hiccup for entrepreneurs wanting to use their ad platform to track customers and conversions.

And while this does make things a little more challenging, all is not lost. There are ways to navigate the changes and minimize how it disrupts your ad campaigns. 

If you’re using Facebook ads to launch bigger, scale faster, and grow your audience online, this episode is one you want to listen to immediately.

Join me and Salome, as we talk about these changes, how to work with them to create successful ads, and what next steps you need to take to continue seeing results from the ads you’re running.

Mar 15, 2021
#366: How To Turn Your Expertise Into A Successful Course with Azhelle Wade
43:12

Are you ready for your brand to be widely known? 

Learn how to turn your expertise into a digital course with Azhelle Wade. 

I love bragging about my students. Honestly! The stuff they do always amazes me. 

And what’s even more fun is that I know you like to hear their stories and strategies too.  So it’s a win-win when they’re a podcast guest! 

I’m so excited to introduce you to my Digital Course Academy student, Azhelle Wade. 

Azhelle is an amazing student of mine. She's an entrepreneur, President of The Toy Coach, and host of the podcast, Making It in The Toy Industry and knows a thing or two about the power of taking your expertise and turning it into a successful course.

And if you’re wondering if you too can take your know-how and turn it into a passionate online business, you’re in luck! In this interview, Azhelle didn’t hold back from sharing her process and strategy that she used to get her expertise out into the world and kickstart her journey as an entrepreneur.

In this episode we talked about:

  • Making your expertise a successful business
  • Creating a “known for” brand
  • Azhelle’s  story about breaking through the glass ceiling of diversity in her industry
  • The best advice she has on how to make the leap from corporate into entrepreneurship
  • Her unique approach to a successful launch

If you’re ready to learn how to make your expertise into a successful course - this episode is ready to help!

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:34] Fun fact: Savings will set you free. You may not need as much as you think you do. Look at places where you may be able to cut.
  • [09:27] As a cancer survivor, health was one of Azhelle's fears. She ended up getting a new lease on life and a mindset shift.
  • [13:52] Azhelle had a clear vision of who her ideal customer community was. She started asking what they needed to thrive.
  • [18:57] Learn Azhelle’s launch tips and how she ended up making $11,000 over the next 48 hours. 
  • [34:52] Know what your mission is for your brand and who you're going to help and why and how you're going to help them.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 11, 2021
#365: Leave Your 9-5 & Kickstart Being Your Own Boss: Here’s How!
25:32

Are you ready to be your own boss and create a new online business? 

Make the leap from your 9 to 5 and kick start your entrepreneurial journey! 

Before I started my business, I would sit in my corporate cubicle and dream about creating a digital course and online business. 

The problem was, I had no idea how to create a digital course.

I also didn't have an email list, a social media following, or a roadmap to show me how to leave my cubicle behind and build an online business. Raise your hand if you can relate!

If this sounds anything like you and you’re ready to make the leap from 9 to 5 cubicle to digital course entrepreneurship, I’m excited for you to hear all about it in this podcast episode.

In it, I tell you all about what I’ve learned over the last 11 plus years of building a thriving digital course business -- stories and practices you can put into place today to save you the time and headaches that I experienced along the way. (Boy how I wish someone would have done the same for me early on.) 

If you love a few behind-the-scenes stories of my early day hiccups, well then my friend, you’re in for a treat because I’m spilling the beans…. Just wait until you hear how getting yelled at on the tarmac at the airport changed my entrepreneurial journey. 

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:32] I left my corporate job and my first stop was working one-on-one doing social media for small businesses. I fell into the common trap of taking on too many clients.
  • [08:35] For two years, I had a business I hated!
  • [11:55] If you're in a similar situation, let go of a few clients but keep a few as well. Free up the time to create the business of your dreams. 
  • [13:11] Prioritize tiger time. Commit to at least one full hour a week to work on the business you want to work on and nothing else. 
  • [15:15] Start creating consistent content and share it with the world. 
  • [17:53] Devote time to get comfortable on video. Video brings a whole new level of connection with your audience.
  • [19:55] Fuel that big beautiful brain of yours. Becoming the go-to expert in your industry means that you never stop learning.
  • [22:00] Find a mentor or two. Having a coach or mentor that you can meet with on a regular basis is a great way to remain accountable.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Mar 04, 2021
#364: How I Do It: Boost Your Sales with These 5 Course Enhancements
28:20

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [04:07] #1: Adding a visual element like a PDF framework or guide!
  • [09:01] #2: Invite guests to contribute. A guest can provide a different perspective and enhance your audience's experience. 
  • [13:47] #3: Use templates. Create a resource that creates a quick win. I offer an upsell of slide deck templates. 
  • [16:48] #4: Offer swipe files. Materials that you've used but have edited so your students can make it their own. 
  • [20:55] #5: Give them more of you. (My personal favorite!) Your students want more of you! Schedule where you can show up for your students in advance.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 25, 2021
#363: How To Silence Your Inner Critic & Commit To Success With Jamie Kern Lima
55:56

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [16:05] Jamie shares her secret to getting through years of rejection. 
  • [26:16] Write down things that are inspiring and true about you and keep them in your magic toolbox. (I love this idea!) 
  • [28:46] You're not here to compete with anybody else other than who you're born to become. (Let’s put that on repeat!
  • [41:36] When you're an entrepreneur getting a “no” can definitely feel personal. Figure out how to keep it from being personal and trust the journey. 
  • [48:30] “The failure is never being willing to actually hear who you're called to be and the truth of who you are.” - Jamie Kern Lima
Feb 22, 2021
#362: How To Write Emails That Actually Get Opened with Zafira Rajan
41:07

Want to write weekly emails that *actually* get opened? Read on… 

That’s right, my friend! Writing your weekly emails doesn’t have to be a chore. In fact, it can be a joy, and my guest in this episode will give you the tools you need to make that a reality. 

Her name is Zafira Rajan, and she’s a strategic launch copywriter and soulful strategist committed to helping conscious entrepreneurs build, grow, and scale their businesses using storytelling. 

In this episode, she’s sharing a step-by-step for identifying what she calls “Personality Pillars,” which will give you a bank of ideas to have on hand when you’re ready to sit down and write.

As well as her top three strategies for creating a weekly non-negotiable ritual for writing consistent email copy.

How To Become A Pro Copywriter

  • [09:26] Personality pillars are at the core of how Zafira shows up for brands. It's about showing the dimensions of you.
  • [14:36] Your first pillar is your core values. We all have values and things we stand for whether they are business or personal. 
  • [15:56] Your second pillar is your stamp of weirdness. What do people find weird, funny, natural, or even interesting about you? 
  • [18:15] The third pillar is your intentional impact. Whether you're launching or not, it's important to remind people consistently that you have something that they can buy.
  • [20:54] The fourth pillar is your unapologetic opinion. What point of view do I have that I'm afraid to share? The people who you want to bring into your life and attract will appreciate your point of view.
  • [24:45]  Your fifth element is your “Z” or zest factor. This is what you sprinkle on top of everything to make it uniquely yours. This is the sweet spot between what you do and why people care about it.
  • [32:33] Create an environment that sets a tone for writing or creating content. Design a custom writing ritual. Light a candle and get in the zone.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 18, 2021
Bonus: How To Get A Quick Cash Boost For Your Business
24:55

What if I told you I have a few fun strategies for making a quick cash boost for your business... 

Would you be interested in hearing more? I thought you might be. 

In this episode, I share six strategies for getting a nice little cash injection for your business. 

I recently went live in my Thrive Facebook group to share these strategies, and it was a hit. So naturally, I wanted to share it with you. 

If you’re tuning into this episode in realtime, we are a few weeks away from the doors opening to my signature program, Digital Course Academy. And so, to support those who want to enroll, I put together these savvy strategies. 

But then I got to thinking, whether you’re going to join me in DCA or not, I think any entrepreneur would love a quick cash injection whether they use it to invest back into their business or if they use it to pay their mortgage. 

So, here we are. Enjoy these six strategies but promise me this… if you’re going to use any of them, be sure you go all in -- play full out. Deal? 

How to get a quick cash boost

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [07:56] Strategy #1: Offer limited one-on-one consulting or coaching. Sometimes it helps to get in the trenches with your own clients, customers, and students.
  • [10:24] Strategy #2: Offer a limited-time group coaching program. You can help more people and make it more affordable.
  • [11:42] Strategy #3: Audit your spending habits. If you're looking for a quick cash injection, it might already be at your fingertips.
  • [14:58] Strategy #4: Host and charge for a very low ticket challenge. Take your audience through an experience every single day.
  • [17:25] Strategy #5: Offer your insights through market research. There are examples and opportunities in the free guide.
  • [19:09] Strategy #6: Transcribe audio interviews. I transcribed hundreds of hours of Tony Robbins speaking.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 15, 2021
#361: Your Clubhouse Invite: Is This Social Platform Right For You With Coach Glitter
01:08:19

Wanna know everything about Clubhouse? You’re in the right place! 

Clubhouse is the newest and hottest platform in 2021… so we've heard. But what exactly is it all about? And with the vast number of places for an entrepreneur to hang out online, is it worth adding to your to-do list? 

In this episode, all of your questions will be answered!

I’ve brought on my dear friend, Tiffany Lee Bymaster (a.k.a. Coach Glitter) on to share her experience on Clubhouse. 

Tiffany is a blogger, consultant, affiliate marketer, brand expert, and creator of the Lights, Camera, Branding online program. She’s recently been spending a lot of time on this new platform to figure out the best way to use it. 

In this episode, you’ll learn the how, what, and why of Clubhouse, as well as, if it’s a good place to spend your time as an entrepreneur. 

Ready to make connections and get Clubhouse savvy? 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show here! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 11, 2021
#360: How To Use Content & Storytelling To Grow Your Business With Aprille Franks
32:36

One of the most powerful ways to connect to your audience… stories!

Holy cow! This episode was *fire*! (Do I have your attention? Good, read on!)

I invited Aprille Franks on, master community builder and launch strategist, to give you a step-by-step process for identifying powerful stories to use in your business (think: copywriting, social media, content, and live video) to more deeply connect with your audience. 

After all, nothing brings us together more than sharing stories of struggles, accomplishments, and perseverance. Especially in a pandemic and a world where we are more connected to the internet than one another -- stories bring us back to the truth of our existence. 

Grab a pen and paper and get ready for actionable steps that you can apply to get a quick win today. 

Here’s a snapshot of a few things we talked about…

  • [06:04] It's important to use stories in our content because that's how people resonate and connect. People are looking for a community to connect with. 
  • [08:14] There are five components for building bankable stories. The first is understanding why the story impacts your brand relevance. 
  • [09:15] The second thing is how to go from 0 to 60. Aprille walks you through how to do this.
  • [14:59] The third is to avoid getting stuck wondering how this is relevant for your business. Don't discount the things that make you who you are. 
  • [17:32] The fourth, identify what your audience needs to know next.
  • [19:10] Lastly, connect your content with your stories. Be intentional with planning the story and content to create connectivity. 
  • [27:18] Hot tip: Write down your instances and go through the process and then share one story on video. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Feb 04, 2021
#359: Customer Support 101: Proven Strategies To Create Life-Long Customers
22:45

My secret for creating a sustained, successful business? Customer support excellence! 

11 years in business, thousands of customers served, and I think it’s safe to say I’ve learned a thing or two about how to make a customer's experience top-notch and unforgettable.

Would you like my secrets? Well, entrepreneurial friend… you’re in luck!

In this episode, I’m giving you all my best tips and strategies for empowering your customers, making them feel genuinely important, and providing them with a customer journey like they’ve never experienced before. 

Your business is not a transactional organization, it’s a transformative organization. 

When you remember this in all you do and the decisions you make, you’ll set your business and community up for success, support, and a life-long relationship. 

Learn my top tips for enhancing your customer experience wow-factor!

  • [05:32] You need to decide what the “wow-factor” means to you. For us, it's doing all the right behaviors with all the right intentions for all of the right results. 
  • [06:29] Number 1: Listen diligently to your customers and meet them where they are -- understand their pain points and where you can serve them better. Be transformative not transactional.
  • [10:19] Number 2: Be transparent. Identify who your course is not for and who it’s a good fit for.
  • [11:52] Number 3: Slow down and celebrate your students. When you celebrate your customers, you'll be amazed at how you create life-long loyal customers.
  • [19:21] Hot tip: Don't be afraid to use your virtual assistant to help support your current and future customers.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jan 28, 2021
#358: Your Backstage Pass To The Entrepreneur Experience: The Best Advice You’ll Receive This Year
29:24

Your VIP behind-the-scenes peek into my virtual event, Entrepreneur’s Experience: The Course Creators edition just arrived!

That’s right, sweet friend! I’m sharing powerful snippets from the speakers at my December virtual event. Here’s a little rundown of who you’re about to hear from…

  • Michael Hyatt, my personal mentor, and brilliant entrepreneur, dishes on organization strategies for increasing your productivity
  • Zafira Rajan, an expert copywriter, and soulful brand strategist is sharing strategies for making your sales page headlines and bio stand out 
  • Jasmine Star, Queen of Instagram and branding, will be spilling the beans on something she calls “photo topics” and easy ways to make a “photo bank”
  • Stu McLaren, membership master and our favorite funny guy, is digging into creating an engaged community that actually wants to participate.

Here’s your high dose course creator and entrepreneurial inspiration… 

  • [03:20] Today is your lucky day because I’m sharing clips from the Entrepreneur Virtual Experience. These are tips that every entrepreneur should know when building the business of their dreams. 
  • [04:38] Michael Hyatt shares how to redesign your day and tackle tasks effectively to increase productivity. 
  • [07:54] Zafira Rajan talks about how to make headlines and bios do the selling for you. 
  • [16:20] Jasmine Star shares how to keep it simple with an Instagram productivity plan by creating photo topics and a photo bank. All you need is a camera/phone and caption templates. (Jasmine even shares an action item.)
  • [22:32] Stu McLaren talks about creating a strong community with strong engagement.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jan 21, 2021
#357: 5 Common Facebook Ad Mistakes: How To Avoid Them & Save Money with Emily Hirsh
35:35

5 common Facebook ad mistakes -- and how to avoid them!  

Listen, Facebook ads don’t need to be complicated or messy. Oh no, my friend! Quite the opposite. They should be a powerful and effective tool for growing your online business and attracting your ideal community. 

My guest and Facebook ads expert, Emily Hirsh, is on a mission to help you become BFFs with advertising on Facebook. In this episode, she shares the 5 most common mistakes entrepreneurs make when using this growth strategy and how to avoid them. 

She gives you tangible action items so you can get started with her advice today.

Whether you’ve been using Facebook ads for years, or you’ve been a little intimidated to dive into them, this episode is going to ease those fears and make sure you’re not leaving money on the table. 

Here’s a snapshot of a few things we talked about…

  • [06:02] Mistake #1: Not defining what success means for your marketing. 
  • [10:05] Mistake #2: Not doing enough testing -- most of the time messaging is the problem. 
  • [12:43] Mistake #3: Only running one campaign. 
  • [15:45] When you boost a post the objective of your ad is engagement. Put ads in every spot of your customer journey where you would like people to take action. 
  • [19:32] Mistake #4: Not letting the testing work long enough. 
  • [23:38] Mistake #5: Not paying attention to the numbers. Test, refine, and repeat. The numbers will always tell you what to do.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jan 18, 2021
#356: Sales Page Struggles? Boost Your Conversions With These 3 Tips
20:02

Sales page struggling to convert? Here’s what to do!

Just like you, your sales page is a big deal. 

And when it isn’t converting, it’s easy to feel defeated. (Trust me, I’ve been there, my friend!)

Luckily, there are a few minor tweaks that you can make to your sales page that will have it converting like crazy and leave your potential students saying, “I need this, NOW,” and then hitting that buy button. 

In this episode, you’ll gain the guidance you need to simplify your sales page with a powerful layout that has worked extremely well in my own business. 

When it comes to a compelling sales page, there are a few features you want to pay attention to: your call-to-action, your “Magic Mirror,” and your “Highlight Reel.” And don’t you worry, I’ll explain what all of those mean. 

Once you get these dialed in, it’s smooth sailing to attract your ideal community to your offer. 

Ready to get your sales page converting like crazy? 

Here’s a snapshot of a few things we talked about…

  • [02:10] If done right, your sales page can be gold. It can be one of the most essential parts of your sales funnel, customer journey, and conversion success. 
  • [04:27] Your sales page is a tool to deliver the four W's of your offer. These are what your offer is, who it's for, why you created it, and what transformation your course offers. 
  • [06:30] Sprinkle your CTA confetti throughout your sales page. Have four different CTAs with one near the top for action takers, one after your offer and bonus content, one after your money back promise, and one at the bottom of your sales page.
  • [09:30] Clearly state who your product and offer is for and place this near the top of your sales page. This is the magic mirror where they see themselves in the copy and keep reading. 
  • [14:03] Future pacing is like a highlight reel that paints a picture of what is possible for your student and how your offer will get them there.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jan 14, 2021
#355: Money Made Simple: An Entrepreneurs Guide to Taking Control of Your Finances with Rachel Cruze
36:03

Do you know why you handle your money the way you do?

My guest, Rachel Cruze, is going to help you figure out the answer to that question. (And so much more!)

You may have heard of her because she’s a two-time #1 national best-selling author, financial expert, and host of The Rachel Cruze Show. 

Since 2010, Rachel has served at Ramsey Solutions where she teaches people to avoid debt, save money, budget, and how to win with money at any stage in life.

In this episode, Rachel and I are chatting about…

  • Money principles every entrepreneur should abide by
  • How to invest in your business the right way and talk to your partner about that investment
  • How to identify which money classroom you're in and what that means for you

And so much more.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jan 07, 2021
Your Newest Podcast Obsession: Talking Body (Exclusive Announcement)
15:14

This is what happens when Rachel Hollis and I get together…

I’m mostly known as an entrepreneur, wife, and stepmom, and someone who likes to challenge myself daily. 

And this year, I’m taking on a challenge that’s pretty different from the business content I’m known for -- and it’s all has to do with talking about our bodies.

I said “yes” to joining forces with Rachel Hollis to create a 12-week podcast series called “Talking Body,” where we delve into real, raw, and honest conversations around body acceptance and love. 

Throughout each episode, you’ll hear me having deep and honest conversations with body experts, thought leaders, and women from all walks of life to explore our experiences with loving, hating, and growing into our own bodies.

Talking Body will answer questions like…  

  • Can I love my body and still want to change things about it?
  • How does my experience as a white woman differ from those experienced by women of color?
  • Does being healthy equal being desirable, or are we just told that it does?
  • Do I own my self-image, or is it just another product I post online?

This episode is an exclusive sneak peek about this limited series, and I hope you’ll join me for the entirety of this transformation journey which kicks off on Thursday, January 14th!.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jan 05, 2021
#354: Counting Down The Hottest Strategies From OMME In 2020
44:08

Well, my friend, it looks like we’re finally here… at the end of 2020.

And while at times it felt like it would never arrive, we’ve finally made it.  As we inch our way closer to counting down until the ball drops, I wanted to do my own little countdown of some of the hottest and most listened to clips from our Online Marketing Made Easy episodes in 2020. 

Strategies & Tips For Entrepreneurial Growth In 2021

Here’s a glimpse of what you’ll learn in this episode…

  1. Jam Gamble on finding your story and content topics
  2. How to price your offer the right way
  3. Tips for improving your landing page for higher conversions
  4. Andrea Olsen on setting boundaries and working smarter
  5. How to niche down
  6. Jasmine Star on repurposing content with ease
  7. My favorite strategy for making money in between launches
  8. Gayneté Jones shares a strategy for increasing your webinar signups
  9. A hot tip for getting people off the fence during a webinar
  10. Jasmine shares an Instagram strategy for converting followers to email subscribers

Grab your bubbly beverage (I’ve got a little kombucha), and let’s countdown the top moments of Online Marketing Made Easy together!

Counting down the best of Online Marketing Made Easy...

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 30, 2020
#353: Your Confidence Success Path for Showing Up Online with Ivirlei Brookes
35:29

Be your most confident self online in 2021

I recall the days of doing a Facebook Live when you couldn’t see how many people were tuning in. Talk about having an E.T. moment… “Is anyone out there?”

Nowadays, when you show up Live online, you can see who is tuning in. Thank the Tech Gods!

And while we can see a real-time number of who is joining in to soak up your guidance and expertise, that doesn’t make feeling an overwhelming sense of confidence a shoe-in. If you’re anything like me, I have to work at showing up confidently online. 

My guest in this episode, Ivirlei Brookes, is a pro when it comes to showing up intentionally and radiating confidence. Ivirlei is a business and mindset coach with 10 years of experience in helping entrepreneurs just like you build their confidence. 

She’s sharing her 5 step process, as well as some tangible action items that you can implement right away for increasing your confidence and showing up big and bold this year. 

Time to show up with confidence, my friend!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 23, 2020
#352: 3 Free Organic Traffic Strategies To Grow Your Audience Quickly
27:03

How can I get traffic to my business for free?

Enter… organic traffic strategies. (And I’ve got a few up my sleeve for you!)

Definition of organic traffic: the visitors who land on your social platforms as a result of unpaid (“organic”) search results.

And while I wish I could give you a magic bullet for growing your business with this marketing approach, that’s just not possible. 

Instead, what I’ll say is that with consistency and patience, you’ll reap the benefits of your efforts. In today’s episode, I’ll share three powerful strategies that will promote organic growth and traffic to your online business. 

These 3 strategies include: 

  • Pitching yourself (don’t worry, I have a template for you to use)
  • Indirect and direct social posts
  • Going out and finding your ideal community members

This episode is brought to you by LinkedIn Marketing. If your goal is to target your customers where they’re engaging every day and when they’re ready to make a buying decision, I want you to consider LinkedIn. When you advertise on LinkedIn, you’re attracting potential customers and fostering relationships that often translate into high-quality leads, website traffic, and higher brand awareness. Go to LinkedIn Marketing to redeem a free $100 LinkedIn ad credit and launch your first campaign.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 17, 2020
#351: Pivot Your Messaging: The Ultimate Checklist for Troubleshooting When Conversions Are Down
26:15

 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 10, 2020
#350: Perfecting Your Pitch: 5-Steps To Sell With Ease with David Meltzer
37:42

Ready to perfect your pitch and *finally* sell with ease?

What if I told you that you could statistically increase your chances of selling your product or service, even if you’re just starting out or have struggled with selling in the past? 

Well, I have 5 proven steps to help you do just that. This episode is a step-by-step to get you on the fast-track to selling your product like a pro all by perfecting your pitch!

Now, I couldn’t talk about pitching without inviting the pitching expert of all experts, David Meltzer, onto the show.

David is the expert when it comes to selling with ease. In this episode, he shares his 5 to Thrive for creating the absolute perfect pitch. These are 5 tangible strategies you need to implement into your pitch to make it sell and to make an impact.

Be sure to stick around until the end because I take what David shares and give you the exact strategy to apply during your launch webinar pitches and beyond!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 07, 2020
#349: The VA Solution: Your Step-By-Step Guide To Hiring & Successfully Working With A VA with Shannon Miles
43:34

How to hire and work with a Virtual Assistant

This is a question I get asked all the time. “Amy, how do I know when I’m ready for a VA? And, how do I hire and work with one?”

It’s a valid question, and if you’re serious about growing your business it’s one you should be asking. 

I hired my first VA in 2011, and I consider it one of the best entrepreneurial decisions of my journey so far. 

My first VA helped me take my business to the next level because her support allowed me to truly focus on the areas of my business that I excelled in.

But I get it, it’s hard to know when you’re really ready for a VA, how to go about hiring one, what tasks to have them do, and when to uplevel your working relationship with them. 

To help you get more clarity on those things, I’ve invited my dear friend and VA expert, Shannon Miles to join me on the show.

Shannon is the owner and creator of Belay Solutions, a company that connects entrepreneurs with virtual specialists to help support their growth and in this episode, she’s sharing the progression of hiring and working with a VA

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Dec 03, 2020
#348: How To Create *True* Wealth In Your Business (& Life) with Patrice Washington
48:53

Ready to create more abundance in your business? 

Have you ever been to an event where the speaker left you crying, laughing, and so inspired that you felt you could climb Mount Kilimanjaro all at the same time? 

Well, today’s guest is that kind of speaker and coach! Her name is Patrice Washington, and I am one lucky girl to call her a friend and have her on to share her expertise with you. 

Patrice is an award-winning author, transformational speaker, coach, and media personality.

She was named one of “12 Inspiring Black Voices in Personal Development” by Success Magazine, featured on Forbes.com as one of “15 Inspiring Podcasts for Professionals of Every Stripe,” and highlighted by Entrepreneur.com -- to name a few impressive successes. 

She’s committed to empowering women to look at life through the lens of abundance and opportunity versus lack and scarcity, and redefine the term “wealth.”

In this episode, we chat about her 6 Pillars of Wealth and how these pillars will help you uplevel your life and business. You might be surprised to find out that only one of these pillars is directly tied to money. 

Learn more about Patrice Washington's 6 Pillars of Wealth

  • [12:57] Patrice created the six pillars to help people shift their beliefs and mindset about wealth, which will shift your actions and the results will come. 
  • [17:26] Pillar #1: FIT is about becoming your best self and being physically and mentally fit. 
  • [21:35] Pillar #2: PEOPLE is about creating relationships that matter. 
  • [27:22] Pillar #3: FAITH (whatever that means to you personally) will prevent you from giving up right before you're about to succeed. 
  • [30:49] Pillar #4: SPACE is important because your environment is everything. 
  • [36:38] Pillar #5: WORK is about living your life's purpose. 
  • [40:57] Pillar #6: MONEY is the last pillar. When your mind is cluttered, it's hard to accept the foundational truths about managing money.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 25, 2020
#347: The ONE Thing All Successful Entrepreneurs Do For Time, Location, & Financial Freedom (And Why You Should Too!)
28:31

What you need to know about habits and successful entrepreneurs

I know I speak for many entrepreneurs when I say that committing to a routine in the morning and before closing your eyes at night can play a big role in succeeding as an entrepreneur, as well as personally.

Now, before you think that this is just another habits episode, I want you to hold your horses because this is not just another habits episode. 

This episode is a real-life, no fluff, habits-in-a-time-of-a-pandemic podcast episode you need if you’re serious about becoming the very best version of yourself amidst building a six or seven-figure business and finding not just work-life balance but finding consistent and long-term full-life balance.

I’m laying out the 3 P’s of creating habits that stick, which is a step-by-step process for finally creating lifelong habits. Here’s a peek at the 3 P’s:

  • Pitch
  • Practice
  • Perfect

How to create habits for mental, emotional, physical, and entrepreneurial well-being 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 19, 2020
#346: How This 7-Figure Business Owner Uses Her Podcast To Drive Traffic with Jenna Kutcher
42:14

Because it’s been a minute since we’ve talked about podcasting as an entrepreneur… I decided to invite my dear friend, Jenna Kutcher, back on to have a little chit chat around podcasts, entrepreneurship, and how they work in unison to boost organic traffic. 

Jenna is a fellow lover of online marketing, runs a 7-figure business, and hosts a top-rated podcast.

In this episode, we talk about how a podcast can support your business in more ways than just generating revenue. We’re also going to give you some behind-the-scenes lessons we’ve learned as podcasters.

Whether you have a podcast or are thinking about starting one (or maybe you haven’t even thought about it but I’ve piqued your interest), you’re going to get so much out of this episode. 

A glance at how to use a podcast to drive traffic to your business
  • [06:34] Jenna says that podcasting extends your brand in a way that isn't possible with social media alone. People are literally inviting you into their lives wherever they are. 
  • [10:18] Jenna and I spill the beans on why we chose podcasts as our weekly platform. 
  • [14:32] Any industry can benefit from starting a podcast -- yes, that means your industry too!
  • [17:12] When first starting out, Jenna used her podcast along with content upgrades to convert listeners into subscribers by creating a new freebie for each episode. 
  • [23:33] Jenna strategically plans out her episodes to tackle listener objections, shift mindsets, and educate potential buyers before she launches. 
  • [27:08] When Jenna first started out, she asked a company she used called HoneyBook to partner with her to cover production costs. Learn her best tips for generating revenue when you are just starting out.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 12, 2020
#345: The One Where We Make Business Legal Jargon Sexy with Ashley Kirkwood
35:43

Legally protecting your content and intellectual property is important stuff 

Attention all entrepreneurs: There’s a new law in town that’s a game-changer for your business… and you need to know about. 

Trust me when I say that this law is going to make your life a whole lot easier. And because I’m always on a mission to help you simplify your business, I invited an expert on to talk about this law (and so much more)!

Ashley Kirkwood is a lawyer by trade with an impressive history of working for many prestigious law firms. She’s also an author, has been featured in many national media outlets, and runs a nonprofit with her husband. (She’s kind of a big deal.)

In today’s episode, Ashley is going to share all that you need to know, step-by-step (a girl after my own heart), about this game-changing law. 

She’ll also talk about…

  • What every creator should do before launching
  • What to do if you realize you’re infringing on someone else’s work
  • Keeping your Facebook group legal

And so much more!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Nov 05, 2020
#344: 5-Steps For Creating & Repurposing Your Content Calendar Like A Boss
33:55

Do you ever feel like you’re in a content creation drought?

I hear you, friend! And lucky for you, I’ve got a 5-step process for helping you identify your core content so you can say goodbye to that feeling for good. 

Sound too good to be true? Stick with me. 

If there’s one thing I’ve learned over the years of being an entrepreneur, it’s that being very clear on my core content is not only helpful in creating content across my brand, but it also helps me to be more present with my audience, and it helps to set me up as an expert in my industry. 

This is why, in this episode, I’m walking you through a 5-step process for identifying your core content, getting comfortable sharing the message of that content, and then how to adjust it as needed.

Plus, I even share a hot tip to help you with your messaging and content even in times of uncertainty… hello, 2020!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 29, 2020
#343: From Bankruptcy To The Today Show: Become The Creative Visionary Of Your Business & Life With Tracy Matthews
51:31

You know how they say diamonds are a girl’s best friend? Well, if we're being honest, I think you and I can both agree that creativity is an entrepreneur’s best friend… or at least it should be!

But I get it! When there are other things that need to get done within your business -- especially when you’re starting out -- creativity can fall by the wayside. 

Which is why I wanted to introduce you to a woman who is fierce, successful, and stays at the top of her creative game as the Creative Visionary of her business, Flourish & Thrive Academy. Her name is Tracy Matthews!

But before she found the success, entrepreneurial satisfaction, and creativity that she has today, she experienced tough times that eventually led her to bankruptcy. 

In this episode, we talk about creative energy, how to protect it, her journey from bankruptcy to a successful businesswoman, what to do about the nay-sayers in your life, and my personal favorite, the creative archetypes she’s identified, and how knowing this can serve you and your business. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 26, 2020
#342: Behind-The-Scenes With My Mentor, Michael Hyatt: Why Entrepreneurs Will Save The World
34:26

Entrepreneurship has been declining in recent years.

Uh oh! I, for one, do not like the sound of that. However, after chatting with my dear friend and business mentor, Michael Hyatt, I’m starting to see how we can reverse this trend and why it’s most important that we do.

Michael’s newest book, Entrepreneurs Will Save The World, is an invitation for anyone and everyone to step into their role as an entrepreneur.

In this interview, we chat about his new book, a few traits every entrepreneur must possess, why entrepreneurship is one of the most essential things we need whether our economy is thriving or not, and my favorite, a step-by-step method for embracing entrepreneurship and finding a solid solution.

Entrepreneurs Will Save The World

Here’s a glance at this episode...

  • [06:50] Entrepreneurs contribute to a better society. Period, end of story! Why? Because they are problem solvers, and problem-solvers are essential to our society.
  • [09:03] Three areas that entrepreneurs contribute to society include, providing jobs and growth, providing tax benefits, and making people's lives better through the goods and services they offer.
  • [21:26] One of the stages of the entrepreneurial method is to observe the problem particularly in regards to the customers or clients that you are trying to serve.
  • [26:51] As an entrepreneur, you have to have a true desire to solve the problem. Ask yourself, “What am I uniquely qualified to solve?”
  • [29:17] Pay attention to your motivation, this is important in order to succeed as an entrepreneur.
  • [32:30] Hot Tip: Shift your mindset and start seeing problems as opportunities.

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 22, 2020
#341: The Power Of Your Voice: How To Cut Through The Online Noise, Attract Your Ideal Customers, & Make $$$
54:24

I believe that as an online entrepreneur, your voice will connect you on a deeper level with your audience so that you can make more of an impact. 

My guest today couldn’t agree more. Her name is Jam Gamble, and she’s the creator of Slay The Mic and the Slay The Mic Program. Her vision is to help people understand the value of their voice.

In this episode, Jam shares some of her best tips and secrets for finding your voice, her 5-step process for using your voice to build your successful online business and presence, and what might be holding you back from really sharing your voice with the world. 

You’re going to love her step-by-step approach. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 15, 2020
#340: Landing Page Not Converting? Here’s What To Do!
27:55

Just like you, your landing page is a big deal. 

And when it isn’t converting… it’s just the pits. Can I get an amen?

Luckily, there are a few minor adjustments that you can make to your existing landing page that will have it converting like hotcakes before you know it! 

With some of my landing pages converting at over 40 percent, I know exactly what works and what doesn’t, and today, I’m sharing my secrets with you!

There are three features you want to pay attention to: your call-to-action, branding, and copy. Get these dialed in and you, my friend, are in for a landing page conversion treat. 

This episode is brought to you by The Draw Shop, a service to perfect your elevator pitch. Do you ever tell people what you do and they look at you a little…funny? Like they don’t totally get it? It happens to me, too. With The Draw Shop, you meet with an expert copywriter to create an exceptional elevator pitch and one-page visual story to compel prospects to respond right now. For a limited time, The Draw Shop is offering Online Marketing Made Easy listeners their service for nearly ONE-THIRD the regular price. Get your word-perfect pitch today at The Draw Shop. Where there’s clarity, there’s revenue.

This episode is also brought to you by Gravy, the company I trust to contact my customers within hours of a failed payment, capturing the updated billing information, and saving the customer my team and I worked so hard to acquire. If your revenue is currently at $250,000 or more a year and you know you’re losing money due to failed payments each month, I encourage you to check out Gravy. Click here to see how they can be an extension of your customer service and save you money.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 08, 2020
#339: Facebook Ad Strategies To Grow Your Audience Now (No Matter Where You Are In Your Business) with Salome Schillack
38:27

PSA: Facebook Ads are as complicated as trying to sneeze with your eyes open-- especially if you don’t want to pay an arm and a leg per lead. 

Orrr… are they? 

My guest today says, “false,” and by the end of this episode, you will be too!

Her name is Salome Schillack, and as CEO, Founder, and Head Facebook and Instagram Strategist of Shine & Succeed, a multi-woman Facebook Ads agency, she’s figured out how to make your Facebook Ads work for you -- and not the other way around. 

She breaks down everything you need to know about using Facebook Ads to grow your audience and how to get extremely low-cost leads, whether you’re a beginner entrepreneur or a seasoned one.

Not only do I love her because she’s my student, but also because she has a 6-step strategy (a girl after my own heart) for getting low-cost leads and dominating social media ads.  

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 05, 2020
#338: Content Made Easy: How To Organize Your Launch Content, Make $$$, and Never Run Out
24:21

Pre-launch content, webinar content, and course content. 

“How the heck do you differentiate these three areas of launch content? How do I come up with enough content for each part of my launch without giving it all away, Amy?!” 

This is a question I get a lot! In this episode, I’m breaking it all down for you.

We’ll talk about:

  • Determining the bulk of your pre-launch content (and how listening can help direct you)
  • How to leave your audience saying, “I’m excited! Now, how do I do it?” on your webinar
  • The secrets to creating valuable course content

And so much more!

You’ll walk away with a clear understanding of how the content in each area will differ, build on one another, and what content goes in each phase. 

Let's break down the episode!
  • [00:02:55] Your pre-launch content is all of the content you create and share with your audience before you open registration for your webinar. If you’re still running your first few launches, I’d suggest running your pre-launch for 30 days. 
  • [00:05:37] Your pre-launch content should help support your audience in overcoming any objections they might have when it comes to signing up for your course. You should take them on a journey over the invisible bridge. 
  • [00:08:01] Hot tip: During your webinar Q&A ask, "if you're still on the fence, what's keeping you from signing up?" 
  • [00:10:51] Your webinar should show your attendees what's possible and lead them to a new mindset. When creating the content, ask yourself the golden question, "What's the one thing my audience needs to know before buying my course?" 
  • [00:13:35] The three sections of a webinar are possibility, path, and promotion.
  • [00:18:01] Your course content is the step-by-step road map that transforms your students from where they are to where they want to be.
  • [00:21:49] Think about what you're promising and lay out the transformation from there. How will you get them from point A to where they need to be?

This episode is brought to you by Boosted, an app for iOS or Android that allows you to make beautiful, professional-looking videos for your brand's social media in three easy steps! You can use stock videos, your own videos, or even create stunning videos with your photos. With top-notch templates, easy resizing, and user-friendly video editing options, Boosted can take your social to the next level. Head here to get the discounted rate of $15 for 3 months of Boosted Premium, which offers bonus features to make your videos stand out!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Oct 01, 2020
#337: Instagram Reels: The What, How, & Why For Entrepreneurs with Jasmine Star
58:50

ICYMI: Instagram dropped another new feature in early August. You may have seen it? It’s the Instagram Reels that keep popping up around every IG corner. 

And, as the curious entrepreneur that I know you are, you’re probably wondering if this is a feature you should be paying attention to and using to grow your audience. 

To help you answer that, I went to my dear friend, Jasmine Star, aka Queen of Instagram!

THE WHAT, HOW, & WHY OF INSTAGRAM REELS

Jasmine will answer some of the questions I’ve seen my audience ask in Facebook groups, a sneak peek into what her content calendar looks like for Instagram, how to come up with five content topic ideas so you can get started with Instagram Reels, and so much more. 

You’re going to walk away with your next action steps for using Instagram Reels to start growing your audience using this new feature!

This episode is brought to you by The Draw Shop, a service to perfect your elevator pitch. Do you ever tell people what you do and they look at you a little…funny? Like they don’t totally get it? It happens to me, too. With The Draw Shop, you meet with an expert copywriter to create an exceptional elevator pitch and one-page visual story to compel prospects to respond right now. For a limited time, The Draw Shop is offering Online Marketing Made Easy listeners their service for nearly ONE-THIRD the regular price. Get your word-perfect pitch today at The Draw Shop. Where there’s clarity, there’s revenue.

This episode is also brought to you by LinkedIn Marketing. If your goal is to target your customers where they’re engaging every day and when they’re ready to make a buying decision, I want you to consider LinkedIn. When you advertise on LinkedIn, you’re attracting potential customers and fostering relationships that often translate into high-quality leads, website traffic, and higher brand awareness. Go to LinkedIn Marketing to redeem a free $100 LinkedIn ad credit and launch your first campaign

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 24, 2020
#336: How To Create A Million-Dollar Business (What's Worked For Me)
23:06

I’ve got a little quiz for you! Are you…

A. A nine-to-fiver, dreaming of becoming an entrepreneur so that you can have the freedom and flexibility to create a life on your terms, a life that fulfills you?

B. part-time entrepreneur, but a full-time employee, waiting for the perfect moment to transition -- full time -- into your passion-filled business? 

C. full-time entrepreneur who's working endless hours, hustling to grow your business?

No matter who you are, I want you to know that right now is your chance to say yes to big, bold opportunities and to bet on you because you are the one consistent variable in your story. 

In this episode, I take you behind-the-scenes and share stories of how I’ve bet on myself and how those moments -- albeit scary -- have helped me build a multi-million dollar business.

No matter where you are in your entrepreneurial journey, this is a must-listen to take your life and business to the next level. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 17, 2020
#335: Life Coaching, Wine Tasting, & Sex Ed: How These Courses Provided Time, Financial, & Location Freedom
25:00

Have you ever thought of a brilliant digital course topic idea, only to have a follow-up thought that it would never work online?

Maybe like wine tasting, spiritual life coaching, or sex education? If you think these topics wouldn’t convert to a digital course -- think again, my friend!

Because I have four epic examples of how my students have made something unexpected work magnificently online from the courses mentioned above.

All it took was a little self-belief, a digital course, and the right know-how to get in front of the right people. 

You’ll hear how…

  • Andrea de la Mora transitioned her in-person spiritual life coaching online to generate $42,000
  • Caroline Brown generated $20,000 on her very first launch, where she taught sex ed to grown women. 
  • Natalie McLean took the physical experience of wine tasting online to generate over $30,000.
  • Rhea Baliwala’s online course for Spanish-speaking lawyers made $13,000 out of the gate -- despite her audience's uncertainty around learning online. 

My students prove that pretty much anything works as a digital course. Grab your favorite drink, get comfy, and settle in for these awesome stories.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 10, 2020
BONUS: 5-figures in 6 months & 6-figures in 1 year: This Could Be You With Jamie Trull
42:55

My guest on today’s episode was a corporate girl turned overwhelmed entrepreneur turned entrepreneur with a thriving online business, a lucrative digital course, and the time and freedom to prioritize her family and make an impact far beyond what she ever imagined.

Her name is Jamie Trull, her business is called “Balance CFO,” and you may remember her from episode #280 where I taught you how to do a “Course Validation Call” with her as my Ideal Customer Avatar.

When we first met Jamie, she had left her corporate job to become an entrepreneur so she could have the time and flexibility to be with her little ones.

But working one on one with clients only left her feeling overwhelmed, attached to her phone, and frustrated that she didn’t have the time and energy for her family that she had hoped to gain.

After using the practices she learned in Digital Course Academy, Jamie launched her 5-week course, Financial Fitness Formula, which helps solopreneurs take control of their business finances, and ended up making five-figures.

Maybe you’re thinking, “Amy, this sounds like me! Except for the 5-figure launch part. Teach me how to grow my online business with a successful launch!”

Well, friend, I’d be happy to! To get you started, I want you to go check out my free 3-part videos series which is all about starting and growing your email list.

You can sign up for it right here!

***Also, are you signed up for my free masterclass, How To Create and Launch a Profitable Digital Course From Scratch? Click the link for more details and to save your spot!***

***Also, also, Did you hear the exciting news? The doors to Digital Course Academy are now open for enrollment! If you’re ready to create a life and business with time, location, and financial freedom, this is your chance! Go here to learn more and start creating your successful digital course!***

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 07, 2020
#334: 4 Incredible ‘First Launch’ Success Stories
33:07

There’s often a misconception that you have to launch many times before you really start to generate significant revenue. While that may have been the story at one point and time, I’ve seen my students debunk that myth over and over again using the Digital Course Academy framework. 

Today, I’m going to share four inspiring first launch stories from my students.

You’re going to hear about:

My hope is that you walk away from this episode knowing that if you have the desire in your heart to create a course and if you’re willing to do the work, you can generate significant revenue in under a year.

This episode is brought to you by Acuity Scheduling, a scheduling platform that will help you to book more clients, get paid on time, and automate and organize your business’ day-to-day tasks. For a limited time only, you can get 45 days of Acuity Scheduling absolutely free -- no credit card required. Click here to automate your schedule!

This episode is also brought to you by The Draw Shop, a service to perfect your elevator pitch. Do you ever tell people what you do and they look at you a little…funny? Like they don’t totally get it? It happens to me, too. With The Draw Shop, you meet with an expert copywriter to create an exceptional elevator pitch and one-page visual story to compel prospects to respond right now. For a limited time, The Draw Shop is offering Online Marketing Made Easy listeners their service for nearly ONE-THIRD the regular price. Get your word-perfect pitch today at The Draw Shop. Where there’s clarity, there’s revenue.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Sep 03, 2020
Official Trailer: Online Marketing Made Easy with Amy Porterfield
03:11

How do I start an online business? Grow my email list to thousands of subscribers? Sell more and grow faster? These are just some of the big questions that leading online marketing strategist, Amy Porterfield, digs into on the top-ranked Online Marketing Made Easy Podcast. In addition to mini marketing masterclasses and step-by-step guides, each episode is designed to help you take immediate action on the most important strategies for starting, scaling, and automating your online business. Amy’s specialty is getting into the online trenches with you. Thinking about creating an online course? Want to promote with webinars? Need help with your Facebook ads? Discover why hundreds of thousands of online business owners turn to Amy Porterfield to generate more profits and to make sense of the online marketing space, implement the strategies that really get results, and turn that side hustle into a business that lasts.

***

For more episodes, show notes, and transcripts, please visit https://www.amyporterfield.com/amy-porterfield-podcast/

For more about Amy Porterfield, please go to https://www.amyporterfield.com/

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

“I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 28, 2020
#333: $70k In 7 Days: How She Did It With Gayneté Jones
55:19

$70,000 in just 7 days with one webinar. Can it be done??? Yes, my friend, it can be. 

My guest in this episode, Gayneté Jones, made it possible! Gayneté guides millennial women to turn their passion into profit and create a life of fulfillment and freedom. She’s been featured in many well-known publications and, in this episode, she takes us behind the scenes of her successful six-figure launch

She shares:

  • What worked during her launch and webinar (AND...what didn’t)
  • Step-by-step strategies that she used to fill up her webinar
  • Tangible launch mindset hacks 

And so much more. You’re going to love Gayneté’s launch strategies and hacks!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 27, 2020
#332: What Kind Of Course Is Best For Your Business
23:59

Not all digital courses are created equal.

There’s a Signature Course, a Spotlight Coursen, and a Starter Course. All are different and unique in their own way and all can work well for different entrepreneurs and online businesses.

In this episode, I share a student story about each course type. I talk about…

  • Why the specific course type worked best for their business
  • The successes that they had with this course 
  • How it fits into their business like a puzzle piece

Plus, I even share a little advice and guidance for other entrepreneurs thinking about creating a course. 

If you’re not sure what type of digital course would work best for your business, this episode is for you!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

 

Aug 20, 2020
#331: 6 Figures & 5 Babies: How She Did it with Only 3 Hours a Day
51:07

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Click here to snag your free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template

Meet Andrea Olson, one of my amazing students and a fierce “Mom-preneur” with a mission and a successful online business.

She made over $600,000 in her business last year by committing to no more than four-hour workdays -- with the exception of her launch days.

She teaches moms how to utilize a system called the “Elimination Communication” approach for potty training with her Go Diaper Free Program.

In this episode, we chat about how she sets up her business in a way that only requires part-time hours to run smoothly, her secret sauce, and the one thing she feels has made her so successful.

We talk about her first hire, some of the strategies she uses for growing her email list by 100 to 150 subscribers per day, and so much more.

This episode is brought to you by Acuity Scheduling, a scheduling platform that will help you to book more clients, get paid on time, and automate and organize your business’ day-to-day tasks. For a limited time only, you can get 45 days of Acuity Scheduling absolutely free -- no credit card required. Click here to automate your schedule!

This episode is also brought to you by LinkedIn Marketing. If your goal is to target your customers where they’re engaging every day and when they’re ready to make a buying decision, I want you to consider LinkedIn. When you advertise on LinkedIn, you’re attracting potential customers and fostering relationships that often translate into high-quality leads, website traffic, and higher brand awareness. Go to LinkedIn Marketing to redeem a free $100 LinkedIn ad credit and launch your first campaign

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 13, 2020
#330: How To Stop Playing Small with Brit Barron
35:27

In today’s episode, I chat with my good friend, Brit Barron, who just released her very first book. And let me tell ya, it’s so freakin’ good! 

It’s called WORTH IT: Overcome Your Fears And Embrace The Life You Were Made For. This book shares stories from Brit’s life -- such as going from being a megachurch pastor to coming out and leaving the church, her experience of being a Black woman in America, and other experiences that illustrate how she was living fearfully inside of a framework that someone else had created. 

She so bravely shows her story of growth and also challenges her readers to break out of their own box and step into who they are meant to be.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

 

Aug 10, 2020
#329: How 3 Entrepreneurs Found Success Serving A Small Niche Audience
01:17:17

In today's episode, I chat with three of my students about how they built successful businesses in industries with underrepresented communities.

These conversations are sooooooo important because many people believe that niching down can be a dangerous thing -- but these three successes are here to show you that this just isn’t the case. In fact, niching down can be the opposite!

And while it may be scary at first to venture into these unknown territories, you’ll often find that when you start to attract the right people, they’ll be saying, “This is what I’ve been waiting for!”

So today, you’re going to hear from Sandra McLemore, Gwen Lane, and LeeAnn Sims.

They all have a unique community and will share how they identified that something was missing. They’ll also share the self-limiting beliefs they faced and how they attracted and built their audience. And of course, they’ll share about their successes, too.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Aug 06, 2020
#328: 10 Unexpected Digital Course Topics That Will Inspire You Into Action
27:10

In my 10+ years of being a digital course creator, I’ve seen a course for everything under the sun! From sourdough bread making to retirement planning, and everything in between -- I’ve seen it all!

And this just reaffirms my belief that everyone has a digital course in them.

In this episode, I’ll share 10 fascinating examples of digital courses to get your creative juices flowing. Plus, I even give you some rapid-fire questions to help you get clear on topics that you could use for a digital course. 

If you’re dreaming of becoming an online entrepreneur but aren’t sure what to focus on, this episode will help you get hyper-clear on a digital course topic so you can start bringing your dream to life!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 30, 2020
#327: Stop Leaving $$ On The Table -- Add A Digital Course To Your Biz (Here’s How!)
40:29

Want to know what I love most about a digital course?

I love that they can literally be added to almost any business and that once you create your first digital course you set the foundation for something you can sell over and over again with just a few tweaks and updates!

And that’s exactly what I’m laying out for you in this episode -- how to add a digital course to your existing business so that you can boost your revenue, free up your time, and build a business that works for you and not the other way around.

If you’re a coach, consultant, service provider, online entrepreneur, or have a membership site, I have specific examples of just how to take what you offer, put it into a course, and sell it to reach more people and make more of an impact.

I also give you my three profitable course types along with real-life examples of what type works best for each business structure.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 23, 2020
#326: My Top 10 Digital Course Mistakes (And How To Avoid Them)
52:05

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Click here to snag your free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template

It’s hard to believe it, but I’ve been creating digital courses for 10 years now! And along the way, I’ve succeeded, I’ve failed, and I’ve definitely tripped a time or two.

In this episode, I share 10 mistakes that I’ve made in my 10 years of digital course creation in hopes that you can learn from me, avoid these same mistakes, and build a thriving business quickly!

Everything from not finding my sweet spot to getting stuck in perfectionism to holding onto tasks far longer than I needed to -- these all made the list. And I hope you find my lessons learned helpful as you navigate the world of online business and digital courses.

This episode is brought to you by Acuity Scheduling, a scheduling platform that will help you to book more clients, get paid on time, and automate and organize your business’ day-to-day tasks. For a limited time only, you can get 45 days of Acuity Scheduling absolutely free -- no credit card required. Click here to automate your schedule!

This episode is also brought to you by the Full Focus Planner. The only planner that helps me stay organized, focused, and on track to succeed. With their “Daily Big 3” and annual goal-setting prompts, I keep my goals top of mind, and my actions aligned with what’s most important. Join me in making 2020 the best year yet! Head here to grab your planner.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 16, 2020
#325: How To Avoid These Two Common Launching Pitfalls with Tasha Booth
40:06

What if I told you that there are two common pitfalls that you -- as a course creator -- should be very careful to avoid?

Would you be interested in finding out what they are? Well, my friend, you’re in luck because my guest is going to share the deets and how to avoid getting tripped up by them.

Her name is Tasha Booth and she is the Founder and CEO of The Launch Guild, an Online Business Management & Digital Marketing Implementation Agency.

In this episode, we chat about those common pitfalls, personal touchpoints that you can use to boost your revenue (very doable!), and how to use a beta launch to validate your course idea and content. 

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 09, 2020
#324: Email List Growth Strategies That Will Transform Your Business
32:41

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Click here to snag your free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template

Email list growth is just something you’ll never stop doing! Attracting new ideal audience members to your email list to nurture them and eventually turn them into devoted customers should be a priority as a new or veteran entrepreneur.

To help you out, I’m sharing three foolproof list growth strategies. Whether you’re still working on hitting your first 250 subscribers or you have a few thousand on your list, you’ll find these strategies extremely doable and effective.

The first one ties into Search Engine Optimization and how to use it on your website, the second is a social media strategy, and the third is an approach you can use to get your website visitors onto your email list.

I’ve even included a little bonus strategy at the end of the episode.

Check out how this episode plays out...

  • [04:42] Strategy #1: I share a super simple Search Engine Optimization (SEO) strategy to boost your website traffic and gain new leads. No SEO experience required to make this subscriber growth strategy work!
  • [11:56] Strategy #2: Find your ICA on Facebook and make an effort to get to know them. Facebook groups are a great way to find and attract new customers -- so long as you approach it in a genuine way. I walk you through step-by-step how to use this strategy!
  • [19:57] Strategy #3: Use website pop-ups to get new subscribers on your list. Done right, this works like a charm! Use them in a way that resonates with your ideal customer.
  • [26:22] Bonus Strategy: Add an opt-in link for your lead magnet to your email signature. Think about all of the emails that you and your team send. This is a great way to turn warm leads into email subscribers.

Get your free resource here!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jul 02, 2020
#323: How Healthy Is Your Email List? 4 Metrics To Track
29:05

Entrepreneur PSA: Tracking your email metrics is an important task that you need to be making time for!

Okay, I know that may not seem like the most exciting public service announcement you’ve ever heard but hear me out. If you’ve been looking to grow and improve the health of your email list, the answers and guidance you’re looking for could be hiding in the metrics housed on your email service provider.

Now, I know that you might be unsure as to what your metrics mean and which ones to pay attention to, which is why, in this episode, I break down exactly how to track your email metrics and set goals according to your industry averages.

I know you’re going to find this episode invaluable. It’s going to give you the confidence and knowledge to keep growing that priceless email list of yours.

Here’s a sneak peek of this episode...

  • [03:30] First things first, let’s chat about your email open rate. This is the percentage of people who open your email. Different Industries have different open rates, so when you’re identifying where your open rate should be, make sure you compare to your industry average. Check out this article to pinpoint what that is.
  • [05:33] If you want to improve your email open rate -- get creative with your subject headlines. Here are a few ways to do that!
  • [07:36] The next metric of importance is your click-through rate -- the percentage of people who opened your email and took action by clicking a link. I share some tips to improve this metric.
  • [12:02] Next, let’s discuss the conversion rate. This is the percentage of people who click through and take action on your offer or request. This is yet again, another important metric.
  • [21:33] In order to get people to go from email subscribers to customers, you have to nurture them with every email you send. Here are some tangible ways to improve your email conversion rate.
  • [23:33] Last, but certainly not least, you’ll want to pay attention to your unsubscribe rate. This is the percentage of people who unsubscribe after receiving an email from you. Listen, you’ll always have unsubscribers, and to be honest, they probably weren’t a good fit for your business. However, once you get hyper clear on who you’re serving and stay in your lane -- you’ll start to see this number drop.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 29, 2020
#322: How To Build Your Email List from the Ground Up
57:17

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Click here to snag your free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template

There are two things that go hand in hand: being an entrepreneur and having an email list. Eleven years into my business, this is something I know for sure.

And despite the necessity of an email list, I still hear objections like…

  • “I don’t know where to start.”
  • “I want to wait until I have more followers.”
  • “There’s too much tech set up.”

Whenever I hear these objections, I shrug it off, knowing that each one can be debunked -- which is exactly what I do in this episode.

Not only do I debunk these objections, but I also tell you the 3-piece recipe you need to start your email list and your first step to create a thriving list.

My hope is that, from this episode, you’ll gain the knowledge and confidence you need to get your email list up and running within one week of listening to this episode (or less)!

Let’s check it out...

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 25, 2020
#321: Untapped Strategies To Grow Your Email List & Your Business with Neil Patel
30:26

Are you ready to make list building mistakes a thing of the past so you can become an email list master?

Well, my friend, I have just the guy to help you do so. Neil Patel, top online marketer, entrepreneur, and best selling author is going to share three of the most email marketing mistakes made by entrepreneurs.

And, of course, he doesn’t stop there. He also goes on to share how to avoid these mistakes and, instead, how to improve your email marketing game and successfully grow your list.

Here’s a snapshot of a few things we talked about…

  • The biggest mistake that people are making right now with their email list is focusing on the size of their list. The truth is if your list isn't engaging, the size of it doesn't matter. Scrub your list and remove people who don't open or engage.
  • Growing your list is always a challenge. Respond to comments on blogs, groups, and social sites by helping people. When you point people to your helpful resources, you can grow your list while engaging and helping new subscribers. 
  • Learn to sell every once in a while. You need to put offers out there, so your audience doesn't think it's always free all of the time. You can sell even if your list is small. It will add up. 
  • Free tools convert really well for list signups. If you don't have your own tool, you can find something to use at CodeCanyon. Tools convert best. Then journeys, ebooks, and general newsletter optins. Blocking off a portion of your content for subscribers only is also a tactic that converts. 
  • You can share a journey by allowing your subscribers to follow you as you create something like a new course and then share your results. Share your goal, get subscribers, and let them follow your journey through your posts and content. 
  • An email capture system refers to your process to capture emails. You can do so through multiple ways like a tool, newsletter, quiz, and more. You want to create a system with different paths for different personality types to subscribe.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 22, 2020
#320: 5-Steps To Make Your Marketing More Inclusive With Sonia Thompson
57:46

In this episode, I chat with expert marketing strategies, marketing consultant, podcast host, CEO of a media group, and all-around amazing human being, Sonia Thompson.

Sonia shares her 5-step approach for creating a more inclusive business and company culture. Plus, she gives actionable strategies that you can start implementing right away.

Here’s a peek at her 5-steps:

  • Diversify your circle of influence
  • Re-evaluate your ICA
  • Commit to representation
  • Make cultural intelligence a priority
  • Audit your customer experience

Click here to listen!

This episode is brought to you by Boosted, an app for iOS or Android that allows you to make beautiful, professional-looking videos for your brand’s social media in three easy steps! You can use stock videos, your own videos, or even create stunning videos with your photos. With top-notch templates, easy resizing, and user-friendly video editing options, Boosted can take your social to the next level. Head here to get the discounted rate of $15 for 3 months of Boosted Premium, which offers bonus features to make your videos stand out!

This episode is also brought to you by LinkedIn Marketing. If your goal is to target your customers where they’re engaging every day and when they’re ready to make a buying decision, I want you to consider LinkedIn. When you advertise on LinkedIn, you’re attracting potential customers and fostering relationships that often translate into high-quality leads, website traffic, and higher brand awareness. Go to LinkedIn Marketing to redeem a free $100 LinkedIn ad credit and launch your first campaign

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

“I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Links mentioned in this episode:

Jun 18, 2020
#319: Facebook Group Engagement: Strategies You Need To Know
28:28

Facebook groups, you gotta love them. And as an entrepreneur, you gotta have one!

Especially during the COVID-19 crisis, people are spending more time online looking for the answers and guidance they need, and one place they are looking is on Facebook.

This means, if you don’t have a Facebook group, you could be missing out on potential customers and loyal audience members.

Or, maybe you’ve started a group, but you’re struggling to engage your members. Either way, you’re going to love this episode and walk away with tons of ideas to get your group rockin’ and rollin’.

I have over 38 thousand members between my free and paid Facebook groups, so I know a thing or two about what works and what doesn’t. In this episode, I spill it all!

We’re going to talk about my favorite tips and tricks for setting a Facebook group up, engaging your members, and ensuring you don’t hear crickets when you post.

Here’s what I talk about…

  • [06:17] It’s important to define your group focus and who your group is for. You gotta do this because it helps you to find clarity in the direction of your group and content.
  • [09:24] Always, always, always make your group private! Why? Because it makes your group more intimate and allows you to have more control.
  • [11:11] Have fun and use the “ask questions” feature to make sure applicants know your rules and to find out more about your members. I personally like to ask the “magic wand” question, which helps me to learn what topic my audience wants to hear. You can also use this section to gather emails!
  • [13:08] Mention your Facebook group everywhere to get new members.
  • [15:55] Get used to showing up consistently in your group -- this is the difference between winning or losing. Map out a content calendar for your Facebook group. Decide how often you are going to post and how often you are going to go in and comment and make sure you schedule these tasks into your weekly planner.
  • [21:59] Do a weekly or monthly Facebook Live. Not sure what to talk about? You can do Q & As, storytime, hot seats, or a cocktail hour! Pay attention to how your group resonates and keep doing what's working.

Also, I wanted to make sure that you have everything you need to get started with a Facebook group. Click here to grab my free step-by-step guide to setting up your group.

This free resource is also for those who already have a group as it has some tips that will improve your group’s searchability, boundaries, and organization.

This episode is brought to you by The Draw Shop, a service to perfect your elevator pitch. Do you ever tell people what you do and they look at you a little...funny? Like they don’t totally get it? It happens to me, too. With The Draw Shop, you meet with an expert copywriter to create an exceptional elevator pitch and one-page visual story to compel prospects to respond right now. For a limited time, The Draw Shop is offering Online Marketing Made Easy listeners their service for nearly ONE-THIRD the regular price. Get your word-perfect pitch today at The Draw Shop. Where there’s clarity, there’s revenue.

This episode is also brought to you by Leadpages. Whether you’re growing your email list or your business, Leadpages will make your life easier. Leadpages lets you can create hassle-free opt-in pages, thank you pages, webinar replay pages, websites and more. Plus, their built-in marketing advice and conversion tools minimize tech confusion so you can focus on the important stuff in your business -- like engaging your audience. Turn your content into clicks and customers with Leadpages. Start a free 14-day trial and save 20% on your first purchase at Leadpages.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 15, 2020
#318: Becoming an Imperfect Ally with Erica Courdae
01:07:52

I’m so excited for my guest today, Diversity, Equality, and Inclusion Consultant, Erica Courdae.

Erica has dedicated her life to expanding how others interact with the world through powerful conversations. Her work as an entrepreneur and coach has taken her across the country, onto stages, and into communities as a key speaker and educator. 

Erica brought some serious honesty and truth to this interview and shared so much eye-opening insight around…

  • How to show up as an imperfect ally
  • The power of listening and apologizing over defending and deflecting
  • Tone-policing and why it’s harmful to the BLM movement
  • How to diversify your business and adjust your values to support equality and inclusion
  • And so much more.

This episode is a very public, “behind-the-scenes” look into my beginnings of allyship and I invite all my listeners to keep me accountable as I continue this journey.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 11, 2020
#317b: How To Do A Step-by-Step Mid-Year Goal Audit
31:32

I think we can all agree that the first six months of 2020 have been crazy, uncertain, and have pushed us in ways that we never expected -- especially as entrepreneurs.

Nonetheless, six months have passed and we’re now halfway through the year. So from one friend to another, how are your 2020 goals coming along?

Maybe you’re kicking butt -- go you! Or, perhaps you’re falling behind a bit. Given the COVID-19 pandemic, just know that you’re not alone, so give yourself some grace.

COVID or no COVID, I always find doing a mid-year goal audit helpful. It’s important to recalibrate where you are with our goals to ensure they’re on track and realistic.

In this episode, I have a 4-step process to help you reach your goals in the final six months of 2020 -- no matter where you are right now.

Here’s what it looks like:

  • Identify your goals -- get hyper clear on what they are and refresh your memory.
  • Examine your progress and list out the actions you’ve been taking towards your goals.
  • Identify what’s working and what isn’t.
  • Create a plan for moving forward and knocking your goals out of the ballpark.

You’re going to walk away with a renewed sense of motivation and a step-by-step process to help ensure you accomplish those big, bold goals.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here , scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Jun 01, 2020
#317: 6-Steps To Craft A Money Magnet Offer
36:42

You have something to offer your audience -- that special sauce that people are looking for and need. So, friend, how are you going to get it into their hands?

The answer? By crafting an irresistible offer that your audience cannot resist.

What is an offer? An offer is a product or service that you sell through your business. This could be a digital course, a PDF guide, one-on-one or group coaching... the list goes on.

After 11 years of growing a successful online business, I can promise you that having only one offer is what will set you up for success.

This episode will walk you through my 6-step process for taking what you have to offer, and packaging it into something that your audience will love and buy!

Here’s the 6-step process for crafting an offer that your audience won’t be able to resist:

  1. Define your offer promise.
  2. Identify the length of time it takes to see a transformation.
  3. Map the path or step-by-step journey it requires to get this transformation.
  4. Select your offer format.
  5. Price your offer.
  6. Craft your money-back guarantee.

And trust me, this approach to creating your offer or package makes it really simple to put it together so you can get it in the hands of your audience quickly.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 28, 2020
#316: How To Grow Your Email List Using Social Media
41:26

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Click here to snag your free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template

After 11 years of building a successful online business, there is one area I see entrepreneurs go wrong time and time again.

Want to know what it is?

They put all their effort into growing their social media following without properly using it to grow their email list. In my experience, that’s a big no, no.

So, why would that be a big mistake?

Well, here are a couple of stats I want to share with you.

  • Your return on investment with an email list is 4x higher than any other marketing platform. In fact, the average ROI is 122%.
  • For every one dollar spent on email marketing, you could make between forty-five to fifty-one dollars.

You do not, and I repeat, do not own your social media followers. You do, however, own your email list. This means that a social media platform can take your followers away at any point, or dictate who does and does not see your content.

Do I have your attention yet?

I’m not saying you should ditch social media. Instead, I’m giving you simple, effective strategies for utilizing your social media accounts to grow your email list, share your knowledge with the world, and support your audience in the best way possible.

To help me do this, I reached out to a couple of experts you may know, Jasmine Star (Instagram expert) and Brittany Krystle (LinkedIn expert), for a little guidance.

In this episode, Jasmine shares her favorite ways to invite Instagram followers over to your email list. Brittany gives little known tips and tricks for converting your LinkedIn followers to email subscribers.

And yours truly -- that’s me -- is going to share some of the most effective ways to use Facebook to grow your email list.

You’re going to love these tangible, step-by-step strategies for growing your email list quickly.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 21, 2020
#315: 5 Ways To Use TikTok To Reach More Customers (No Dancing Required) with Elise Darma
51:37

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Click here to snag your free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template

We can no longer ignore the newest social media platform, TikTok. And, I’d be lying if I said that I haven’t been intrigued by it. After all, if it’s good enough for Reese Witherspoon and Will Smith, it’s good enough for me.

But I wanted to know more. So, I turned to Instagram educator and TikTok early adopter, Elise Darma, to educate me.

In today’s episode, Elise and I talk about:

  • What TikTok is.
  • Why you, as an entrepreneur, should be using and paying attention to TikTok.
  • How to get your first one thousand followers on TikTok, and, how to get them onto your email list.
  • Plus, 5 TikTok video ideas that you can start using right away.

Elise has been featured in Forbes, Entrepreneur, Elite Daily, and The Everygirl. She knows her stuff when it comes to social media. I can’t wait for you to learn her step-by-step approach to getting started with and using TikTok to attract new customers.

You’ll walk away from today’s episode with a new tool in your marketing pocket, and ready to dominate a hot new platform.

And because Elise is going to share exact examples of what she’s done to see traction on TikTok, we’ve put together a free resource so you can visually see what we’re talking about.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here , scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 14, 2020
#314b: From Rejection to a 1.2 Billion Dollar Entrepreneur with Jamie Kern Lima
56:45

A lot of people look at a billion-dollar company with starstruck eyes and forget that, in most cases, it took someone a lot of persistence, resilience, and tenacity to get there.

And, yes, I have a specific company in mind.

I’m referring to IT Cosmetics, a billion-dollar makeup company. In this episode, I sit down and talk to the founder, Jamie Kern Lima.

I am so honored to have my friend join me and bring inspiration and tangible guidance on how to build a successful company from the ground up.

Jamie has a motivating story and she is an example of hard work, determination, and persistence. On top of that, she has a heart of gold.

Jamie shares her journey of being a successful entrepreneur and how she handled hearing “no” over and over again.

She talked about following your intuition, showing up authentically, and some of her top needle movers when she was building a billion-dollar business.

Here's a peek at the episode...

  • [05:15] Jamie shares about her struggles with her skin, which a television anchor, made her feel self-conscious. After struggling to find a makeup that actually stuck, she was inspired to create her own.
  • [07:53] And that’s exactly what she did! On the flight back from her honeymoon, she and husband wrote up a business plan for a skincare line that catered to women who didn’t have perfect skin.
  • [11:41] “When you're doing something really new and really novel, all of the experts may not get it.” When no one would pick up her product, she went back to the drawing board and decided to sell it online.
  • [13:42] Although they were struggling to get traction, Jamie persisted because she knew in her gut that she was supposed to do this.
  • [17:07] In true Jamie fashion, she kept hustling -- even after a heartwrenching “no” from Sephora.
  • [20:59] Jamie shares how she was turned down by QVC seven years ago, and today they are the largest selling brand on QVC.
  • [27:01] “Don't dilute your own authenticity. Nobody can be you, and it doesn't serve you to be anybody else.”
  • [39:11] When she finally landed a spot on QVC, she sold out! Tune in to hear her story.
  • [42:55] Jamie shares one of her biggest mistakes of growing a billion-dollar company.
  • [50:08] She also shares some of her best needle movers while building such a successful brand.

I know you’re going to fall in love with Jamie and find so much value in her expert advice and guidance.

Side note: If you reach out to Jamie on Instagram, be sure to tag her handle in the first few words of your post’s comments.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here , scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 11, 2020
#314: Become The Most Decisive Person You Know
31:09

Can I let you in on a little secret? If you become a decisive entrepreneur early on in your journey, it’s going to serve you in the long run.

How do I know? Because I’ve been in the game for twelve years now, and I’d say that’s long enough to feel like I’ve made enough decisions to last me a lifetime.

I have a question for you, do you consider yourself to be a decisive person? If you answered “no,” that’s totally fine.

To be honest, I’ve always been a pretty decisive person (just like my mom!). But being an entrepreneur has helped me to take a step back and to examine my process for making educated decisions with confidence.

My hope for you is that whether you’re decisive or not, you take my simple and effective 4-step decision-making process, and you use it to make big, bold decisions that will best serve you, your business, and your audience.

Step one in my 4-step process is to commit already! Give yourself to commit to making a decision… even if it’s the wrong one, which sometimes, it will be.

My second step is to find out what it is that you need to learn and what information you need to make an educated decision. But I say this with caution because I know first-hand that it’s too easy to fall down the research rabbit hole. To avoid that, set a timer (I know it sounds silly, but I’m serious!). Don’t let research draw out making a decision!

My third step is to talk it out with someone, but be mindful of who you ask. After all, I firmly believe that you are the best person to make the final decision in your business.

And last, but certainly not least, the last step is to go inward. Now, of course, I couldn’t say this without giving you a step-by-step of how to do just that. So, I’ve laid out how I personally like to go inward so that I can gain clarity around my decision.

Here's what I talk about in this episode...

  • [04:21] What if you didn’t think about decisions as either good or bad? Here’s what to do instead. When a decision leads you to your desired results, keep going. When it doesn't, change your path and make a new decision!
  • [08:40] Commit to making as many decisions as needed to get the results you're after. Tune in to find out how I enter into an experimental phase and welcome input and feedback from those I trust and respect. After all, I firmly believe it's better to decide then to keep waiting for the right decision.
  • [16:16] Only do the necessary research to make your decision and nothing more. Ask what information you need to gather to make a competent decision and then find the right resources. Oh, and be sure to set a deadline or timeframe!
  • [17:25] Selectively and cautiously seek input from people who you trust and understand what's going on in your business. Ask yourself: Who will give you candid input? Who will be skewed because they love you?
  • [20:24] Get quiet and turn inward for the ultimate decision. You are the best person to make the final call in your business.
  • [24:39] I find it’s helpful to journal on these questions: What's best for the company? What's best for me? What feels right? What aligns with my intent, mission, and vision? What would I do if I were brave?

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here , scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 07, 2020
#313b: Shift Your Selling Mindset with Lisa Sasevich
37:44

Wouldn’t it be fun to share your gifts with the world and make a ton of money while doing it?

You’re probably thinking, “Well, Amy, uh yeah…obviously!”

So why do I hear -- all the time -- that to be an entrepreneur, it's so much harder than just getting paid to share your gifts?

My guest today, Lisa Sasevich, is going to set the record straight. She's going to share just how to use your gifts to boost your sales so that you can make the revenue you desire.

Lisa -- a.k.a. “Queen of Conversions” -- is an award-winning entrepreneur and business coach, and she just released her new book, “Meant For More.”

Why is this book important to read as an entrepreneur?

Because Lisa has put all of her top tips and tools into one place so that you can hone in on your unique gifts and use them to build a thriving business.

In this episode, Lisa and I chat about her easy-to-use, proven formula for understanding how to use your gifts to make more money, have more impact, and get more out of life.

What I love most about her step-by-step formula (besides that it’s step-by-step), is that it teaches you how to do all of this without being pushy or salesy. Instead, it shows you how to speak from the heart with intention, honesty, and truth.

Here's a look at what we chatted about...

  • [04:46] As a pioneer in the online marketing world, Lisa wanted to integrate her passion and her work. She's now known as the “Queen of Conversion” and has taught over 15,000 clients to create an irresistible offer without being pushy or salesy.
  • [09:41] Lisa shares a powerful story about losing her mom and how that inspired her to avoid living a “woulda, coulda, shoulda” life, and instead figure out what she was put here to do.
  • [12:07] We talk about finding your “unique value,” what it is, and how to use it as an entrepreneur.
  • [16:37] In her Meant For More book, there is a proven formula to turn your knowledge into profits. And because you know I love a good formula, Lisa and I chat about how to utilize it as an entrepreneur to make more money doing what you love.
  • [23:18] Lisa shares an unexpected way to identify something you’re good at. Hint… it has to do with meddling!
  • [24:34] She also talks about identifying a topic that people want to pick your brain about, and how this is a clue towards your million dollar value.
  • [25:52] Her five-step Meant For More Sales process is to make peace with sales, claim your million-dollar value, get specific about taking action, turn it into an irresistible offer, and lay out the plan to live a life you love.

You’re going to love this episode. Plus, Lisa has a free mini-course on how to discover your unique value. Head here to grab her freebie and discover your unique value today!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

‘I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.’ <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show ! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

May 04, 2020
#313: How To Find The Right Business Mentor
28:41

“A mentor is someone who sees more talent and ability within you than you see in yourself, and helps bring it out of you.” - Bob Proctor

Amen, Mr. Proctor!

I am a firm believer in studying and learning from mentors who have gone before you and have succeeded and created a life and business similar to the one you dream of creating.

When I was first starting out, I relied on and invested in mentors to support me with the step-by-step guidance they’ve used to achieve results.

And the truth is, I still do to this day!

It’s important to find a mentor who aligns with your vision and the goals that you have set for your business.

In this episode, I talk about…

  • why mentors are important during every season of your business
  • the golden number of mentors you should study and learn from
  • the difference between working with a mentor one-on-one, in a mastermind, or online through a course they offer
  • how to know which one is best for you and your business

Here’s what this episode is all about...

  • [04:11] I get it! When starting out, it's so easy to follow 100 or more people you admire and consider each and every one a mentor. But here’s my tip to you (coming from years of experience), you want to keep it simple and keep your mentors to a minimum to build a successful business.
  • [06:52] Having only two or three mentors allows you to build trust and cultivate relationships with these people. Taking advice from too many mentors will stunt your business growth.
  • [08:59] Having trouble narrowing it down? Don’t worry, I have a little guidance for you. Write a list of all the people who you believe are your mentors and all the people you admire. Decide who on the list has succeeded at creating a life and a business that you would like to create. Start eliminating names, so you are left with only a few people who truly align with your business desires and goals.
  • [10:52] Once you have your list of potential mentors, study from them and learn from them. Let their guidance, their content, their tools, and courses guide you.
  • [15:40] You’re probably wondering about working with a mentor. And, to be honest, that’s one of the best things I could possibly do as an entrepreneur. I’ve found that there are benefits to group masterminds and working one-on-one with a coach. When working one-on-one, you'll have an opportunity to identify tasks specific to your vision. However, it can be expensive. I suggest you do a digital course first and then decide if you want to take it one step further with one-on-one coaching.
  • [19:50] I’ve found that masterminds are especially beneficial later on in your business. Paying for it when you have skin in the game is a whole new experience -- trust me. What I love most about masterminds is that you get feedback and ideas from other like-minded individuals. A mastermind can truly offer you so much clarity as an entrepreneur.

Finding the right mentor in such a busy world is essential and empowering, but it can also be frustrating if you aren’t sure what to look for!

To take the overwhelm out of finding a mentor who is going to guide you and show you a seamless step-by-step approach to succeeding in your industry, I’ve put together a freebie with five questions to help you get hyper clear on who is a good fit.

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

“I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy.” <– If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people — just like you — move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 30, 2020
#312b: The Things You SHOULD Be Saying Yes To
26:36

I almost said “no” to one of the biggest opportunities I’ve ever had, and it would have cost me playing a bigger game as I had committed to.

If you’ve been with me for a while, you know that in 2019 I committed to playing a bigger game, and yet here I was, in 2019, contemplating shooting down an opportunity that allowed me to do just that.

Woah! What the heck was I thinking? Tune in to find out if I actually played a bigger game. Spoiler alert… I did!

In this episode, I’m talking about the opportunities, the kind that we all get, that are scary, exciting, and provide us with the breakthroughs we need to accomplish our goals and jumpstart a life and business that we dream of.

I want you to look out for those opportunities, and even though they may seem terrifying… I want you to have the courage to say “yes” to them.

And while it isn’t as easy as one, two, three, I do have three steps for you to take when you encounter those opportunities to help you find the courage, confidence, and grit to say “yes,” play a bigger game, and step into the big deal that you are.

  • Step 1: Ask yourself, “What’s the worst thing that could happen if I take this opportunity?”
  • Step 2: Share it with someone who truly knows your goals and aspirations.
  • Step 3: Test your reason against fear!

Here’s a glimpse of the episode...

  • [05:39] My friend and boss babe, Rachel Hollis, challenged me to speak at her RISE event. And get this, she wanted me to talk about my weight loss journey instead of online marketing! Here’s where it gets interesting, my friend, I wanted to pretend this opportunity was never presented to me. My team, however, had a very different idea
  • [12:50] Well, I ended up saying “yes.” And once I did, I felt all of the emotions, including a teeny bit of courage. Here’s what I did next, I felt into my courage so much so that it snuffed out all of my other emotions. The experience ended up being incredible and exactly what I needed to play a bigger game.
  • [15:39] Believe it or not, this was an opportunity that gave me direction and courage to step into my full potential. It was truly the evidence that I needed to confirm that I was capable of going big.
  • [16:27] Has there been an opportunity that you've been shying away from because it seems intimidating? Or because you don't feel you're ready? Here’s what I want you to do, I want you to open that door and explore that opportunity.
  • [19:46] Can you think of an opportunity right now that is just waiting for you to say “yes?” If you can't think of anything, be open-minded and watch for one. I have a sneaky feeling it will find you sooner than you think.
  • [20:29] When you land on the opportunity, try sitting with it. Ask yourself, “What's the worst that could happen. What's the best thing that could happen?” Allow yourself to dream big so that you can start playing a bigger game.

I hope you take the lessons from this episode and apply them to your life and business right away, so this can be the year that you step into your greatest potential!

Rate, Review, & Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

"I love Amy and Online Marketing Made Easy." <-- If that sounds like you, please consider rating and reviewing my show! This helps me support more people -- just like you -- move toward the online life and business that they desire. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with five stars, and select “Write a Review.” Then be sure to let me know what you loved most about the episode!

Also, if you haven’t done so already, subscribe to the podcast. I’m adding a bunch of bonus episodes to the feed and, if you’re not subscribed, there’s a good chance you’ll miss out. Subscribe now!

Apr 27, 2020
#312: Launch With A Tiny Audience with Stu McLaren
45:55

Enjoy a free gift from me! I’ve created a free 3-month plug-and-play content calendar template so that mapping out your upcoming content can be breezy - and dare I say - fun?!

You’ll love this template because it allows you to seamlessly plan out your weekly AND social media content. Cli